1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
68 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
71 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
72 #include "mi/mi-main.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
85 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
86 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
88 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
91 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)>);
93 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
96 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
97 struct linespec_result *canonical,
98 enum bptype type_wanted);
100 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
101 struct linespec_result *,
102 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
103 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>,
105 enum bpdisp, int, int,
107 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
108 int, int, int, unsigned);
110 static std::vector<symtab_and_line> decode_location_default
111 (struct breakpoint *b, const struct event_location *location,
112 struct program_space *search_pspace);
114 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
115 (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals);
117 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
119 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
121 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
122 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
123 const struct symtab_and_line *);
125 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
127 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
128 struct symtab_and_line,
130 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
132 static struct breakpoint *
133 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
135 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
138 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
140 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
144 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
145 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
146 struct obj_section *, int);
148 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
149 struct bp_location *loc2);
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
152 const struct address_space *aspace,
155 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
156 const address_space *,
159 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *);
160 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, enum remove_bp_reason);
162 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
164 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
166 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
170 int *other_type_used);
172 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
175 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
176 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
177 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
179 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
181 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
182 insert locations now. */
183 enum ugll_insert_mode
185 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
186 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
187 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
188 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
189 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
190 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
191 returns true on them.
193 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
194 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
195 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
196 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
197 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
198 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
202 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
203 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
206 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
207 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
208 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
209 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
210 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
211 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
212 as no thread is running yet. */
216 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
218 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
220 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
222 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
224 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
226 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
230 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
232 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
235 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
237 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
238 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
239 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
242 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
243 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
245 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
248 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
250 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
252 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
253 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
255 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
256 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
258 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
259 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
260 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
261 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
262 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
263 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
265 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
266 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
267 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
268 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
274 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
276 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
277 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
278 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
279 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
281 static char *dprintf_function;
283 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
284 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
285 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
286 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
287 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
288 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
289 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
291 static char *dprintf_channel;
293 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
295 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
297 struct command_line *
298 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
300 return b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
303 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
304 current breakpoint. */
306 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
309 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
311 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
312 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
314 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
316 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
319 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
320 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
321 if such is available. */
322 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
325 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
326 struct cmd_list_element *c,
329 fprintf_filtered (file,
330 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
331 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
335 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
337 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
338 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
339 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
341 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
342 struct cmd_list_element *c,
345 fprintf_filtered (file,
346 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
347 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
351 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
352 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
353 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
354 use hardware breakpoints. */
355 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
357 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
358 struct cmd_list_element *c,
361 fprintf_filtered (file,
362 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
366 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
367 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
368 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
369 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
370 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
371 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
372 processing user input. */
373 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
376 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
377 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
379 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
383 /* See breakpoint.h. */
386 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
388 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
390 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
391 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
392 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 else if (target_has_execution)
397 if (always_inserted_mode)
399 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
404 if (threads_are_executing ())
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info *tp : all_non_exited_threads ())
411 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
417 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
419 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
420 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
423 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
424 condition_evaluation_auto,
425 condition_evaluation_host,
426 condition_evaluation_target,
430 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
431 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
433 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
434 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
435 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
437 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
438 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
439 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
443 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
445 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
447 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
448 return condition_evaluation_target;
450 return condition_evaluation_host;
456 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
459 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
461 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
464 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
468 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
470 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
472 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
475 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
476 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
478 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
479 static int overlay_events_enabled;
481 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
482 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
484 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
486 current breakpoint. */
488 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
490 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
491 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
492 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
495 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
496 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
497 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
499 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
500 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
501 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
504 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
505 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
506 to where the loop should start from.
507 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
508 appropriate location to start with. */
510 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
511 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
512 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
514 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
515 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
518 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
520 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
521 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
522 if (is_tracepoint (B))
524 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
526 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
528 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
530 static struct bp_location **bp_locations;
532 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
534 static unsigned bp_locations_count;
536 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
537 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
538 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
539 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
540 an address you need to read. */
542 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max;
544 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
545 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
546 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
547 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
548 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max;
552 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
553 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
554 reported by a target. */
555 static std::vector<bp_location *> moribund_locations;
557 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
559 static int breakpoint_count;
561 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
562 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
563 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
564 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
565 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
567 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
569 static int tracepoint_count;
571 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
572 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
573 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
575 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
578 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
581 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
585 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
592 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
594 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
596 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
599 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
602 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
604 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
605 breakpoint_count = num;
606 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
609 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
610 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
611 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
613 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
616 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
618 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
621 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
629 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
632 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
634 struct breakpoint *b;
641 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
642 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
645 get_breakpoint (int num)
647 struct breakpoint *b;
650 if (b->number == num)
658 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
659 evaluating conditions on its side. */
662 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
664 struct bp_location *loc;
666 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
667 evaluating conditions and if the user has
668 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
674 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
677 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
678 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
681 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
682 evaluating conditions on its side. */
685 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
687 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
688 evaluating conditions and if the user has
689 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
691 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
692 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
696 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
699 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
702 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
703 condition_evaluation_mode. */
706 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args, int from_tty,
707 struct cmd_list_element *c)
709 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
711 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
712 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
714 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
715 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
716 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
720 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
721 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
723 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
724 settings was "auto". */
725 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
727 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
728 if (new_mode != old_mode)
730 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
731 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
732 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
734 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
735 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
738 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
740 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
743 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
747 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
748 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
749 target knows about. */
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
751 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
752 loc->needs_update = 1;
756 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
762 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
763 what "auto" is translating to. */
766 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
767 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
769 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
770 fprintf_filtered (file,
771 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
772 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
774 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
776 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
780 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
781 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
782 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
785 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
787 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
788 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
790 if (a->address == b->address)
793 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
796 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
797 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
798 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
801 static struct bp_location **
802 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
804 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
805 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
806 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
808 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
809 dummy_loc.address = address;
811 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
812 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
813 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_locations, bp_locations_count,
814 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
815 bp_locations_compare_addrs));
817 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
818 if (locp_found == NULL)
821 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
822 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
823 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_locations
824 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
831 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
834 xfree (b->cond_string);
835 b->cond_string = NULL;
837 if (is_watchpoint (b))
839 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
841 w->cond_exp.reset ();
845 struct bp_location *loc;
847 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
851 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
852 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
853 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
860 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
864 const char *arg = exp;
866 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
867 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
868 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
869 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
871 if (is_watchpoint (b))
873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
875 innermost_block_tracker tracker;
877 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0, &tracker);
879 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
880 w->cond_exp_valid_block = tracker.block ();
884 struct bp_location *loc;
886 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
890 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
891 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
893 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
897 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
899 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
902 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
905 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
906 completion_tracker &tracker,
907 const char *text, const char *word)
911 text = skip_spaces (text);
912 space = skip_to_space (text);
916 struct breakpoint *b;
920 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
921 if (!isdigit (text[1]))
922 complete_internalvar (tracker, &text[1]);
926 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
933 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
935 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
936 tracker.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number));
942 /* We're completing the expression part. */
943 text = skip_spaces (space);
944 expression_completer (cmd, tracker, text, word);
947 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
950 condition_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
952 struct breakpoint *b;
957 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
960 bnum = get_number (&p);
962 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
965 if (b->number == bnum)
967 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
968 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
969 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
970 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
971 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
975 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
976 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
977 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
979 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
981 if (is_breakpoint (b))
982 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
987 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
990 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
991 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
992 Throw if any such commands is found. */
995 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
997 struct command_line *c;
999 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1001 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1002 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1003 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1005 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_0.get ());
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c->body_list_1.get ());
1008 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1009 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1010 command directly. */
1011 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1012 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1014 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1015 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1019 struct longjmp_breakpoint : public breakpoint
1021 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override;
1024 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1027 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type)
1029 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1030 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1031 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1035 is_longjmp_type (bptype type)
1037 return type == bp_longjmp || type == bp_exception;
1041 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1043 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1046 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1049 static std::unique_ptr<breakpoint>
1050 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type)
1054 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
1055 b = new tracepoint ();
1056 else if (is_longjmp_type (type))
1057 b = new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1059 b = new breakpoint ();
1061 return std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> (b);
1064 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1065 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1069 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1070 struct command_line *commands)
1072 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1074 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1075 struct command_line *c;
1076 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1078 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1079 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1083 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1084 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1085 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1086 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1087 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1088 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1089 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1090 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1091 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1092 tracepoint's context. */
1093 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1095 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1097 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1098 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1099 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1100 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1102 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1105 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1106 "can be used only once"));
1111 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1115 struct command_line *c2;
1117 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_list_1 == nullptr);
1118 c2 = while_stepping->body_list_0.get ();
1119 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1121 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1122 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1128 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1132 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1133 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1135 std::vector<breakpoint *>
1136 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1138 struct breakpoint *b;
1139 std::vector<breakpoint *> found;
1140 struct bp_location *loc;
1143 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1145 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1146 if (loc->address == addr)
1147 found.push_back (b);
1153 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1154 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1157 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1158 counted_command_line &&commands)
1160 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands.get ());
1162 b->commands = std::move (commands);
1163 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1166 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1167 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1171 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1173 int old_silent = b->silent;
1176 if (old_silent != silent)
1177 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1180 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1181 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1184 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1186 int old_thread = b->thread;
1189 if (old_thread != thread)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1193 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any task. */
1197 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1199 int old_task = b->task;
1202 if (old_task != task)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1207 commands_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
1208 struct command_line *control)
1210 counted_command_line cmd;
1211 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1212 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1213 list of command by just typing "end". */
1214 bool cmd_read = false;
1216 std::string new_arg;
1218 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1220 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1221 new_arg = string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1223 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1224 new_arg = string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1225 arg = new_arg.c_str ();
1228 map_breakpoint_numbers
1229 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *b)
1233 gdb_assert (cmd == NULL);
1234 if (control != NULL)
1235 cmd = control->body_list_0;
1239 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1240 "%s, one per line."),
1243 auto do_validate = [=] (const char *line)
1245 validate_actionline (line, b);
1247 gdb::function_view<void (const char *)> validator;
1248 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1249 validator = do_validate;
1251 cmd = read_command_lines (str.c_str (), from_tty, 1, validator);
1256 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1258 if (b->commands != cmd)
1260 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, cmd.get ());
1262 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
1268 commands_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
1270 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1273 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1274 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1276 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1277 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1278 enum command_control_type
1279 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1282 return simple_control;
1285 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1288 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1290 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1294 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1295 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1300 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1301 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1304 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1305 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1306 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1309 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1310 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1311 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1312 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1313 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1315 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1316 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1320 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1321 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1323 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1327 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1329 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1330 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1332 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1334 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1339 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1341 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1346 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1347 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1349 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1350 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1351 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1355 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1357 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1358 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1361 if (readbuf != NULL)
1363 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1364 shadow_contents buffer. */
1365 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1366 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1367 + target_info->shadow_len));
1369 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1371 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1372 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1376 const unsigned char *bp;
1377 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1380 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1381 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1382 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1384 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1386 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1388 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1389 breakpoint's INSN. */
1390 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1394 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1395 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1397 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1398 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1399 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1401 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1402 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1403 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1404 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1405 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1406 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1407 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1408 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1410 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1413 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1414 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1415 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1417 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1419 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1421 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1422 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1423 report higher one. */
1426 bc_r = bp_locations_count;
1427 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1429 struct bp_location *bl;
1431 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1432 bl = bp_locations[bc];
1434 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1435 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1436 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1437 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1439 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1440 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1441 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1443 if ((bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1445 && (bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1452 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1453 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1454 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1455 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1456 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1459 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1461 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1462 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1463 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1466 && bp_locations[bc_l]->address == bp_locations[bc_l - 1]->address)
1469 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1471 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_locations_count; bc++)
1473 struct bp_location *bl = bp_locations[bc];
1475 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1476 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1477 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1480 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1483 if (bl->address >= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1484 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1485 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max))
1488 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1491 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1492 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1498 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1502 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1504 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1505 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1506 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1512 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1514 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1515 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1516 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1519 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1523 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1525 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1526 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1529 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1530 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1531 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1532 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1533 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1534 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1535 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1536 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1539 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1541 return (b->pspace == current_program_space
1542 && (b->watchpoint_thread == null_ptid
1543 || (inferior_ptid == b->watchpoint_thread
1544 && !inferior_thread ()->executing)));
1547 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1548 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1551 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1553 if (w->related_breakpoint != w)
1555 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1556 gdb_assert (w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == w);
1557 w->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1558 w->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w->related_breakpoint;
1559 w->related_breakpoint = w;
1561 w->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1564 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1567 static struct value *
1568 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1570 struct value *bit_val;
1575 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1577 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1580 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1587 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1588 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1589 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1590 to be able to report stops. */
1593 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1594 struct program_space *pspace)
1596 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1598 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1599 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1600 b->loc->address = -1;
1601 b->loc->length = -1;
1604 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1605 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1608 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1610 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1612 && b->loc->next == NULL
1613 && b->loc->address == -1
1614 && b->loc->length == -1);
1617 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1618 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1619 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1620 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1622 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1624 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1625 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1628 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1629 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1630 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1631 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1632 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1633 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1634 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1635 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1637 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1638 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1639 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1640 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1641 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1642 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1643 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1644 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1647 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1648 hardware watchpoints:
1650 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1651 called several times when GDB stops.
1654 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1655 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1656 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1657 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1658 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1659 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1660 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1661 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1662 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1663 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1664 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1666 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1667 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1670 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1672 int within_current_scope;
1673 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1676 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1677 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1678 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1679 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1682 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1687 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1688 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1689 within_current_scope = 1;
1692 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1693 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1694 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1696 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1697 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1698 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1699 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1700 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1703 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1704 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1705 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1706 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1709 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1711 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1712 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1713 if (within_current_scope)
1717 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1718 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1719 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1722 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1727 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1728 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1729 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1730 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1731 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1732 be completely different objects. */
1736 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1737 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1738 locations (re)created below. */
1739 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1741 b->cond_exp.reset ();
1744 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1748 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1749 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1750 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1751 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1752 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1753 if (!target_has_execution)
1755 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1756 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1757 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1758 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1760 if (b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1761 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1763 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1764 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1767 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1770 std::vector<value_ref_ptr> val_chain;
1771 struct value *v, *result;
1772 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1774 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1776 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1777 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1778 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1779 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1780 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1782 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (b))
1784 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1785 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1786 b->val = release_value (v);
1790 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1792 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1793 gdb_assert (!val_chain.empty ());
1794 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : val_chain)
1798 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1799 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1800 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1801 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1802 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1803 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1804 && (v == val_chain[0] || ! value_lazy (v)))
1806 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1808 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1809 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1810 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1812 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1813 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1816 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
1817 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1818 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1820 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1822 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1824 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1825 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1827 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1829 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1830 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1831 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1832 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1833 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1836 addr = value_address (v);
1839 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1844 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1846 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1849 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1850 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1853 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1855 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1856 loc->address = address_significant (loc->gdbarch, addr);
1860 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1861 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
1864 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1866 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1879 struct bp_location *bl;
1881 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1901 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1902 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b, type, &other_type_used);
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1918 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1920 int sw_mode = b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b);
1922 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1941 else if (!b->ops->works_in_software_mode (b))
1943 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1944 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1945 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1951 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
1953 loc_type = (b->type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1954 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1955 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1956 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1959 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1960 above left it without any location set up. But,
1961 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1962 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1963 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL)
1964 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b, frame_pspace);
1966 else if (!within_current_scope)
1968 printf_filtered (_("\
1969 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1970 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1972 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1975 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1977 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1981 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1982 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1983 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1984 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1985 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1987 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1989 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1992 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1995 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1998 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2001 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2002 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2003 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2004 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2005 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2006 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2007 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2008 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2009 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2012 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2013 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2014 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2016 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2017 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2018 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2020 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2021 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2022 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2023 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2024 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2025 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2026 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2027 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2028 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2032 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2033 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2034 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2035 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2040 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2041 instruction that triggered one. */
2042 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2043 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2047 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2048 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2049 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2050 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2059 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2060 that the location is not duplicated. */
2063 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2066 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2069 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2070 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2074 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2075 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2076 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2077 any error during parsing. */
2079 static agent_expr_up
2080 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2085 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2087 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2088 that may show up. */
2091 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2094 catch (const gdb_exception_error &ex)
2096 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2097 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2098 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2101 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2105 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2106 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2107 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2108 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2109 one of them is true. */
2112 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2114 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2115 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2116 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2117 struct bp_location *loc;
2119 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2120 bl->target_info.conditions.clear ();
2122 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2123 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2124 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2126 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2127 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2130 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2131 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2132 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2133 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2134 response back to GDB. */
2135 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2138 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2142 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2143 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2144 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2145 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2146 loc->cond_bytecode = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2150 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2151 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2152 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2154 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2160 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2161 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2162 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2164 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2165 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2166 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2168 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2171 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2173 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2175 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2178 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
2183 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2184 for this location's address. */
2185 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2189 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2190 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2191 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2194 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2195 to send the conditions to the target. */
2196 bl->target_info.conditions.push_back (loc->cond_bytecode.get ());
2203 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2204 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2205 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2207 static agent_expr_up
2208 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2210 const char *cmdrest;
2211 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2212 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2219 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2223 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2224 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2226 format_start = cmdrest;
2228 format_pieces fpieces (&cmdrest);
2230 format_end = cmdrest;
2232 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2233 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2235 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2237 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2238 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2240 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2242 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2244 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2246 std::vector<struct expression *> argvec;
2247 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2252 expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2253 argvec.push_back (expr.release ());
2255 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2259 agent_expr_up aexpr;
2261 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2262 that may show up. */
2265 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2266 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2267 argvec.size (), argvec.data ());
2269 catch (const gdb_exception_error &ex)
2271 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2272 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2273 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2276 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2280 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2281 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2282 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2285 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2287 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2288 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2289 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2290 struct bp_location *loc;
2292 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2293 bl->target_info.tcommands.clear ();
2295 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2298 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2299 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2302 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2303 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2304 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2306 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2309 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2310 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2311 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2315 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2316 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2317 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2318 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2319 response back to GDB. */
2320 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2323 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2327 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2328 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2329 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2330 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2332 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2333 loc->owner->extra_string);
2336 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2337 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2338 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2340 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2346 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2348 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2353 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2354 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2356 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2358 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2361 loc->cmd_bytecode.reset ();
2366 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2367 for this location's address. */
2368 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2371 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2372 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2373 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2374 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2377 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2378 to send the commands to the target. */
2379 bl->target_info.tcommands.push_back (loc->cmd_bytecode.get ());
2383 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2384 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2385 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2386 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2389 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2390 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2391 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2395 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR *addr)
2397 if (bl->owner->type == bp_single_step)
2399 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (bl->owner->thread);
2400 struct regcache *regcache;
2402 regcache = get_thread_regcache (thr);
2404 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl->gdbarch,
2408 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl->gdbarch, addr);
2411 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2412 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2413 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2414 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2417 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2418 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2420 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2421 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2422 int *disabled_breaks,
2423 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2424 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2426 gdb_exception bp_excpt;
2428 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2431 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2432 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2433 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2434 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2435 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2436 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2437 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2438 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2439 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2440 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2441 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2442 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2444 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2445 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2446 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2447 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2449 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2451 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2452 build_target_command_list (bl);
2453 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2454 bl->needs_update = 0;
2457 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2458 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2460 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2462 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2463 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2464 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2466 Two important cases are:
2467 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2468 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2469 hardware breakpoint.
2470 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2471 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2472 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2475 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2476 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2477 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2478 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2480 struct mem_region *mr
2481 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2485 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2487 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2489 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2490 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2492 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2494 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2496 static int said = 0;
2498 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2501 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2502 _("Note: automatically using "
2503 "hardware breakpoints for "
2504 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2509 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2510 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2512 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2513 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2514 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2515 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2517 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2523 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2524 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2525 || bl->section == NULL
2526 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2528 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2533 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2535 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2537 catch (gdb_exception &e)
2539 bp_excpt = std::move (e);
2544 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2545 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2546 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2548 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2549 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2550 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2551 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2552 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2556 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2558 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2559 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2560 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2562 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2567 bl->overlay_target_info.kind
2568 = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
2569 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2570 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2571 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2574 = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2576 catch (gdb_exception &e)
2578 bp_excpt = std::move (e);
2581 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2582 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2583 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2584 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2588 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2589 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2591 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2596 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2598 bp_excpt = gdb_exception {RETURN_ERROR, GENERIC_ERROR};
2600 catch (gdb_exception &e)
2602 bp_excpt = std::move (e);
2607 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2608 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2613 if (bp_excpt.reason != 0)
2615 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2617 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2618 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2619 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2620 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2621 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2622 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2623 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2624 errors as memory errors. */
2625 if (bp_excpt.reason == RETURN_ERROR
2626 && (bp_excpt.error == GENERIC_ERROR
2627 || bp_excpt.error == MEMORY_ERROR)
2628 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2629 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2630 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2633 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2634 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2635 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bl->owner);
2636 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2638 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2639 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2641 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2642 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2643 "library breakpoints:\n");
2645 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2646 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2647 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2652 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2654 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2655 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_excpt.message != NULL;
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2657 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2659 bp_excpt.message ? ":" : ".\n");
2660 if (bp_excpt.message != NULL)
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n",
2666 if (bp_excpt.message == NULL)
2669 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2670 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2673 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2675 bl->owner->number, message.c_str ());
2679 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2680 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2695 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2696 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2697 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2698 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2702 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2703 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2705 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2707 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2708 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2709 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2711 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2713 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2714 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2718 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2719 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2723 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2724 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2731 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2732 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2735 /* Back to the original value. */
2736 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2740 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2743 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2747 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2748 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2750 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2753 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2757 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2758 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2760 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2763 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2765 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2766 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2767 so just return success. */
2774 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2775 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2779 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2781 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2782 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2784 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2787 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2788 delete_breakpoint (b);
2791 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2792 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2793 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2795 struct bp_location *tmp;
2797 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2799 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2800 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2801 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2803 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2804 if (tmp->next == loc)
2806 tmp->next = loc->next;
2812 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2813 removed locations above. */
2814 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2817 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2818 Throws exception on any error.
2819 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2820 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2822 insert_breakpoints (void)
2824 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2827 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2829 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2831 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2834 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2835 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2836 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2837 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2840 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2843 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2845 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2849 callback (loc, NULL);
2853 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2854 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2855 always-inserted mode. */
2858 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2860 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2863 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2864 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2865 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2867 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2869 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2870 there was an error. */
2871 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2873 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2875 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2877 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2879 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2882 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2883 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2884 deletion of breakpoints. */
2885 if (!bl->inserted || !bl->needs_update)
2888 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2890 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2891 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2892 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2893 insert breakpoints. */
2894 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2895 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2898 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2899 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2906 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2911 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2914 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2916 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2917 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2920 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2921 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2922 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2924 string_file tmp_error_stream;
2926 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2927 there was an error. */
2928 tmp_error_stream.puts ("Warning:\n");
2930 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
2932 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2934 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2937 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2938 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2939 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2940 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2941 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2944 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2946 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2947 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2948 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2949 insert breakpoints. */
2950 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2951 && inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
2954 val = insert_bp_location (bl, &tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2955 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2960 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2961 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2964 int some_failed = 0;
2965 struct bp_location *loc;
2967 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2970 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2973 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2976 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2977 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2984 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2986 remove_breakpoint (loc);
2988 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2989 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert "
2990 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2998 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2999 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3000 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3002 tmp_error_stream.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3003 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3005 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3006 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3010 /* Used when the program stops.
3011 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3012 removing a breakpoint location. */
3015 remove_breakpoints (void)
3017 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3022 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3023 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl);
3028 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3032 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3034 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3038 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3040 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3042 printf_filtered (_("\
3043 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3044 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3046 /* Hide it from the user. */
3052 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3055 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior *inf)
3057 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3060 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3062 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3065 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3067 val = remove_breakpoint (bl);
3074 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3076 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3077 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3078 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3079 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3080 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3081 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3083 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3086 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3089 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3090 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3094 static struct breakpoint *
3095 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3096 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3097 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3099 symtab_and_line sal;
3101 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3102 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3104 breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3105 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3106 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3111 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3113 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3115 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3117 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3118 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3120 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3121 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym {};
3123 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3124 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES] {};
3126 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3127 int longjmp_searched = 0;
3129 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3131 std::vector<probe *> longjmp_probes;
3133 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3134 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym {};
3136 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3137 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym {};
3139 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3140 int exception_searched = 0;
3142 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3144 std::vector<probe *> exception_probes;
3147 static const struct objfile_key<breakpoint_objfile_data>
3148 breakpoint_objfile_key;
3150 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3151 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3153 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3156 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3158 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3161 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3162 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3164 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3165 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3167 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3169 bp_objfile_data = breakpoint_objfile_key.get (objfile);
3170 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3171 bp_objfile_data = breakpoint_objfile_key.emplace (objfile);
3172 return bp_objfile_data;
3176 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3178 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3180 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3182 struct breakpoint *b;
3183 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3185 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3187 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3189 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3192 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3194 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3196 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3197 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3199 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3200 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3203 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3206 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3207 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3209 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3210 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3211 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3212 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3214 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3216 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3217 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3221 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3222 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3228 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3230 struct program_space *pspace;
3232 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3234 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3236 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3238 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3241 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3242 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3244 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3246 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3248 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3250 std::vector<probe *> ret
3251 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3255 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3258 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3260 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3261 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3265 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3266 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3269 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes.empty ())
3271 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes)
3273 struct breakpoint *b;
3275 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3276 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3278 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3279 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3280 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3286 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3289 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3291 struct breakpoint *b;
3292 const char *func_name;
3294 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3296 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3299 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3300 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3302 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3304 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3305 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3307 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3308 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3311 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3314 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3315 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3316 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3317 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3318 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3319 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3320 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3326 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3328 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3330 struct program_space *pspace;
3331 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3333 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
3335 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3339 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3341 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3343 struct breakpoint *b;
3344 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3345 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3347 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3349 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3352 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3354 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3356 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3357 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3358 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3360 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3361 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3364 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3367 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3368 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3369 bp_std_terminate_master,
3370 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3371 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3372 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3373 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3374 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3379 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3382 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3384 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3386 for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ())
3388 struct breakpoint *b;
3389 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3392 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3394 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3396 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3397 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3399 std::vector<probe *> ret
3400 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3404 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3407 if (!p->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3409 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3410 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3414 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3415 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3418 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_probes.empty ())
3420 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3422 for (probe *p : bp_objfile_data->exception_probes)
3424 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3425 p->get_relocated_address (objfile),
3426 bp_exception_master,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3428 b->location = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3435 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3437 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3440 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3442 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3444 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3446 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3447 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3449 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3453 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3456 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3457 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3458 current_top_target ());
3459 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3460 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3461 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3462 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3463 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3464 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3468 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3471 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3473 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location.get ());
3477 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3479 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3480 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3482 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3483 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3484 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3485 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3486 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3487 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3488 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3489 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3490 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3491 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3492 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3494 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3496 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3499 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3500 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3502 delete_breakpoint (b);
3506 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3507 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3509 delete_breakpoint (b);
3513 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3514 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3515 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3516 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3517 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3519 delete_breakpoint (b);
3523 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3524 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3526 delete_breakpoint (b);
3530 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3531 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3533 delete_breakpoint (b);
3537 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3539 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3540 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3541 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3543 delete_breakpoint (b);
3547 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3549 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3550 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3551 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3552 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3556 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3557 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3558 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3559 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3560 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3561 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3563 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3564 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3565 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3566 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3567 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3568 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3569 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3571 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3572 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3573 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3574 let finish_command delete it.
3576 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3577 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3578 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3579 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3580 solib breakpoints.) */
3582 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3587 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3588 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3590 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3592 delete_breakpoint (b);
3599 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3601 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3603 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid = make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid);
3604 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3606 if (ptid.pid () == inferior_ptid.pid ())
3607 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3609 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3610 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3613 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3616 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3617 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3618 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3619 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3620 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3621 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3622 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3626 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3632 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3633 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3634 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3635 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3636 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3639 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
3643 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3644 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3646 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3647 This should not ever happen. */
3648 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3650 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3651 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3653 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3654 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3655 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3657 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3658 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3659 || bl->section == NULL
3660 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3662 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3664 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3665 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3666 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3667 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3668 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3669 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3670 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3671 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3672 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3673 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3674 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3675 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3676 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3677 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3678 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3679 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3680 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3681 they should always be removed. */
3682 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3683 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3684 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3687 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3691 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3692 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3693 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3695 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3696 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3698 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3699 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3700 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3701 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3702 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3704 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3705 &bl->overlay_target_info,
3708 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3709 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3712 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3713 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3714 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3715 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3717 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3718 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3719 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3720 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3721 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3722 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3728 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3733 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3734 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3735 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3736 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3737 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3738 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3739 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3740 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3741 always-inserted mode. */
3743 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3744 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3745 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3746 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3752 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3754 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3756 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3757 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3759 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3760 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3762 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3763 if (reason == REMOVE_BREAKPOINT && bl->inserted)
3764 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3767 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3768 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3771 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3772 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3774 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl, reason);
3778 bl->inserted = (reason == DETACH_BREAKPOINT);
3785 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
3787 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3788 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3790 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3791 This should not ever happen. */
3792 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3794 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
3796 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3798 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT);
3801 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3804 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3806 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3808 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3809 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3813 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3814 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3816 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3819 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3820 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3821 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3826 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3828 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3829 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3831 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3833 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3836 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3840 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3846 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3848 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3849 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3852 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3854 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3856 case bp_shlib_event:
3858 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3859 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3860 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3861 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3862 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3864 (gdb) file prog-linux
3865 (gdb) run # native linux target
3868 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3869 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3872 case bp_step_resume:
3874 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3876 case bp_single_step:
3878 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3880 delete_breakpoint (b);
3884 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3885 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3886 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3888 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3890 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3891 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3892 delete_breakpoint (b);
3895 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3896 valid. New ones will be created in
3897 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3898 The next update_global_location_list call will
3899 garbage collect them. */
3902 if (context == inf_starting)
3904 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3905 insert_breakpoints. */
3906 w->val.reset (nullptr);
3917 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3918 for (bp_location *bl : moribund_locations)
3919 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3920 moribund_locations.clear ();
3923 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3924 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3925 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3926 match, not program space. */
3928 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3929 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3930 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3931 permanent breakpoint.
3932 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3933 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3934 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3935 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3936 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3938 enum breakpoint_here
3939 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3942 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3946 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3947 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3950 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3951 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3953 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3955 if (overlay_debugging
3956 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3957 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3958 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3959 else if (bl->permanent)
3960 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3962 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3966 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
3969 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3972 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space *aspace,
3973 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3975 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3979 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3980 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3983 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3985 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
3988 if (overlay_debugging
3989 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3990 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3992 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4003 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4006 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4008 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
4009 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4015 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4019 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4020 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4023 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4026 if (overlay_debugging
4027 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4028 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4029 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4036 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4039 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4041 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4043 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4045 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4047 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4048 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4051 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4057 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4061 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4064 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4066 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4068 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4070 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4073 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4080 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4083 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
4086 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4088 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4090 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4092 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4095 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4103 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space *aspace,
4104 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4106 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4110 struct bp_location *loc;
4112 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4113 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4116 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4119 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4120 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4124 /* Check for intersection. */
4125 l = std::max<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address, addr);
4126 h = std::min<CORE_ADDR> (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4135 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4139 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4141 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4144 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4147 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4149 if (bp_location_at != NULL)
4150 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at);
4153 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4154 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4157 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4174 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats &other)
4176 bp_location_at (other.bp_location_at),
4177 breakpoint_at (other.breakpoint_at),
4178 commands (other.commands),
4179 print (other.print),
4181 print_it (other.print_it)
4183 if (other.old_val != NULL)
4184 old_val = release_value (value_copy (other.old_val.get ()));
4185 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at);
4188 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4189 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4192 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4196 bpstat retval = NULL;
4201 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4203 tmp = new bpstats (*bs);
4206 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4216 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4219 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4224 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4226 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4232 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4235 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4237 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4239 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4241 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4243 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4248 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4257 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4258 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4259 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4260 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4262 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4263 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4265 Return 1 otherwise. */
4268 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4270 struct breakpoint *b;
4273 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4275 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4276 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4277 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4278 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4279 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4281 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4283 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4287 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4290 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4294 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid)
4297 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4298 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4300 bs->commands = NULL;
4301 bs->old_val.reset (nullptr);
4305 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4308 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4310 if (inferior_ptid != null_ptid)
4312 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4314 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4315 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4316 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4317 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4318 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4322 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4325 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4326 or its equivalent. */
4329 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4331 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4334 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4335 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4336 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4337 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4339 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4340 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4341 bpstat of the current thread. */
4344 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4349 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4351 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4354 scoped_restore save_executing
4355 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands, 1);
4357 scoped_restore preventer = prevent_dont_repeat ();
4359 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4362 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4363 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4365 struct command_line *cmd = NULL;
4367 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4369 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4370 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4371 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4372 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4373 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4374 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4375 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4376 the tree when we're done. */
4377 counted_command_line ccmd = bs->commands;
4378 bs->commands = NULL;
4381 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4383 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4389 execute_control_command (cmd);
4391 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4397 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4399 if (current_ui->async)
4400 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4401 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4402 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4405 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4406 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4407 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4408 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4409 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4410 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4411 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4412 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4413 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4414 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4415 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4416 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4417 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4425 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4426 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4428 static thread_info *
4429 get_bpstat_thread ()
4431 if (inferior_ptid == null_ptid || !target_has_execution)
4434 thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4435 if (tp->state == THREAD_EXITED || tp->executing)
4441 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4443 auto cleanup_if_error = make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions);
4446 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4447 while ((tp = get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL)
4449 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4450 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4451 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4452 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4453 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp->control.stop_bpstat))
4457 cleanup_if_error.release ();
4460 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4463 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4466 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4469 struct value_print_options opts;
4470 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4471 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4475 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4476 debugging multiple threads. */
4479 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4481 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4486 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4489 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4491 uiout->text ("Thread ");
4492 uiout->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4494 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4497 uiout->text (" \"");
4498 uiout->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name);
4502 uiout->text (" hit ");
4506 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4507 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4508 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4509 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4512 static enum print_stop_action
4513 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4515 switch (bs->print_it)
4518 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4519 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4523 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4524 relevant messages. */
4525 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4528 case print_it_normal:
4530 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4532 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4533 which has since been deleted. */
4535 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4537 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4538 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4543 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4544 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4549 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4552 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4554 bool any_deleted = !current_program_space->deleted_solibs.empty ();
4555 bool any_added = !current_program_space->added_solibs.empty ();
4559 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4560 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4562 current_uiout->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4563 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4566 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4567 current_uiout->field_string ("reason",
4568 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4572 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4573 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "removed");
4574 for (int ix = 0; ix < current_program_space->deleted_solibs.size (); ix++)
4576 const std::string &name = current_program_space->deleted_solibs[ix];
4579 current_uiout->text (" ");
4580 current_uiout->field_string ("library", name);
4581 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4587 current_uiout->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4588 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (current_uiout, "added");
4590 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
4593 current_uiout->text (" ");
4595 current_uiout->field_string ("library", iter->so_name);
4596 current_uiout->text ("\n");
4601 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4602 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4603 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4604 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4605 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4606 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4607 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4610 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4611 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4612 code to print the location. An example is
4613 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4615 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4616 to also print the location part of the message.
4617 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4618 don't require a location appended to the end.
4619 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4620 further info to be printed. */
4622 enum print_stop_action
4623 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4625 enum print_stop_action val;
4627 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4628 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4629 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4630 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4631 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4633 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4634 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4635 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4636 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4640 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4641 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4642 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4643 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4645 print_solib_event (0);
4646 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4649 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4650 with and nothing was printed. */
4651 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4654 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4657 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression *exp)
4659 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4660 bool res = value_true (evaluate_expression (exp));
4662 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4666 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4668 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4670 bp_location_at (bl),
4671 breakpoint_at (bl->owner),
4675 print_it (print_it_normal)
4677 incref_bp_location (bl);
4678 **bs_link_pointer = this;
4679 *bs_link_pointer = &next;
4684 bp_location_at (NULL),
4685 breakpoint_at (NULL),
4689 print_it (print_it_normal)
4693 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4694 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4697 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4699 bool stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4701 struct breakpoint *b;
4703 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4705 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4706 as not triggered. */
4708 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4710 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4712 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4718 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr))
4720 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4721 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4725 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4727 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4733 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4734 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4738 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4740 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4741 struct bp_location *loc;
4743 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4744 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4746 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4748 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4749 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4751 if (newaddr == start)
4753 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4757 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4758 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4762 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4771 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4772 enum wp_check_result
4774 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4777 /* The value has changed. */
4778 WP_VALUE_CHANGED = 2,
4780 /* The value has not changed. */
4781 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED = 3,
4783 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4787 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4788 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4790 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4793 static wp_check_result
4794 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs)
4796 struct watchpoint *b;
4797 struct frame_info *fr;
4798 int within_current_scope;
4800 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4801 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4802 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4804 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4805 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4806 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4807 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4810 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4811 within_current_scope = 1;
4814 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4815 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4816 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4818 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4819 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4820 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4821 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4822 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4823 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4824 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4825 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4826 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4827 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4830 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4831 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4833 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4834 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4835 if (within_current_scope)
4837 struct symbol *function;
4839 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4840 if (function == NULL
4841 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4842 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4843 within_current_scope = 0;
4846 if (within_current_scope)
4847 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4848 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4853 if (within_current_scope)
4855 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4856 time before we return to the command level and call
4857 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4858 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4862 struct value *new_val;
4864 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4865 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4866 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4867 a mask watchpoint. */
4868 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4870 mark = value_mark ();
4871 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp.get (), &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
4873 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
4874 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
4876 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4877 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4878 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4879 not what we want. */
4880 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4881 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val.get (),
4884 bs->old_val = b->val;
4885 b->val = release_value (new_val);
4887 if (new_val != NULL)
4888 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4889 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4893 /* Nothing changed. */
4894 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4895 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4900 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4901 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4902 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4903 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4904 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4905 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4906 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4907 the first value assigned). */
4908 /* We print all the stop information in
4909 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4910 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4911 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4914 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4916 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4918 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
4920 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4921 uiout->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4922 uiout->field_int ("wpnum", b->number);
4923 uiout->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4924 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4927 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4929 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4935 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4936 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4937 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4940 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4941 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4942 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4944 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4946 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4947 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4949 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4952 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4953 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4956 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4958 const struct bp_location *bl;
4959 struct watchpoint *b;
4961 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4962 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4963 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4964 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4965 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4968 int must_check_value = 0;
4970 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4971 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4973 must_check_value = 1;
4974 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4975 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4976 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4978 must_check_value = 1;
4979 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4980 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4981 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4982 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4983 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4984 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4985 must_check_value = 1;
4987 if (must_check_value)
4993 e = watchpoint_check (bs);
4995 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
4997 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
4998 "Error evaluating expression "
4999 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5002 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5004 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5007 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5014 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5015 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5019 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5022 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5023 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5025 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5027 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5028 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5029 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5030 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5031 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5032 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5033 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5036 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5037 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5040 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5041 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5042 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5043 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5045 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5046 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5047 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5050 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5051 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5052 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5053 changes. This still gives false positives when
5054 the program writes the same value to memory as
5055 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5056 it for a read), but it's much better than
5059 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5061 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5063 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5066 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5067 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5069 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5070 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5072 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5073 == watch_triggered_yes)
5075 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5081 if (other_write_watchpoint
5082 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5084 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5085 and the value changed since the last time we
5086 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5088 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5093 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5094 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5095 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
5097 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5098 the value hasn't changed. */
5099 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5109 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5111 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5112 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5113 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5114 anything for this watchpoint. */
5115 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5121 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5122 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5123 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5124 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5127 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, thread_info *thread)
5129 const struct bp_location *bl;
5130 struct breakpoint *b;
5132 bool condition_result = true;
5133 struct expression *cond;
5135 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5137 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5138 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5139 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5140 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5141 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5143 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5144 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5145 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5147 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5148 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5154 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5155 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5157 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread->global_num)
5158 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (thread)))
5164 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5166 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5168 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5170 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5172 cond = w->cond_exp.get ();
5175 cond = bl->cond.get ();
5177 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5179 int within_current_scope = 1;
5180 struct watchpoint * w;
5182 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5183 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5184 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5185 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5187 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5189 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5190 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5194 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5195 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5196 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5197 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5198 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5200 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5201 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5204 struct frame_info *frame;
5206 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5207 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5208 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5209 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5210 really matter which instantiation of the function
5211 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5212 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5213 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5214 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5215 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5216 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5217 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5218 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5220 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5222 select_frame (frame);
5224 within_current_scope = 0;
5226 if (within_current_scope)
5230 condition_result = breakpoint_cond_eval (cond);
5232 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
5234 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
5235 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5240 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5241 "in the current scope"));
5242 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5243 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5245 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5246 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5249 if (cond && !condition_result)
5253 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5257 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5259 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5263 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5264 on the current target. */
5267 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5269 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5270 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5271 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5272 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5278 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5279 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5281 struct breakpoint *b;
5282 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5286 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5289 for (bp_location *bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5291 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5292 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5293 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5294 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5295 checked all locations already. */
5296 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5299 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5302 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5305 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5308 bpstat bs = new bpstats (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5311 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5312 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5313 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5317 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5318 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5319 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5321 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5323 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5325 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5330 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5331 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5332 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5334 for (bp_location *loc : moribund_locations)
5336 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5337 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5339 bpstat bs = new bpstats (loc, &bs_link);
5340 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5343 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5351 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5354 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space *aspace,
5355 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, thread_info *thread,
5356 const struct target_waitstatus *ws,
5359 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5360 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5361 bpstat bs_head = stop_chain;
5363 int need_remove_insert;
5366 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5367 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5368 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5369 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5370 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5371 inferior function calls. */
5372 if (bs_head == NULL)
5373 bs_head = build_bpstat_chain (aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5375 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5376 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5377 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5379 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5381 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5383 handle_solib_event ();
5388 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5389 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5390 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5394 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5399 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5400 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5403 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, thread);
5408 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
5410 /* We will stop here. */
5411 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5413 --(b->enable_count);
5414 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5415 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5420 bs->commands = b->commands;
5421 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5422 ? bs->commands.get () : NULL))
5425 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5430 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5432 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5433 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5436 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5437 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5438 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5440 need_remove_insert = 0;
5441 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5442 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5444 && bs->breakpoint_at
5445 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5447 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5449 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5450 need_remove_insert = 1;
5453 if (need_remove_insert)
5454 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5455 else if (removed_any)
5456 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5462 handle_jit_event (void)
5464 struct frame_info *frame;
5465 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5468 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5470 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5471 breakpoint_re_set. */
5472 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5474 frame = get_current_frame ();
5475 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5477 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5479 target_terminal::inferior ();
5482 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5484 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5487 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5489 struct bpstat_what retval;
5492 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5493 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5494 retval.is_longjmp = false;
5496 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5498 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5499 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5500 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5503 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5505 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5506 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5510 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5517 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5518 case bp_single_step:
5521 case bp_shlib_event:
5525 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5527 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5530 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5533 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5534 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5535 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5539 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5541 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5545 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5546 This requires no further action. */
5550 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5554 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5555 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5558 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5560 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5561 case bp_exception_resume:
5564 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5565 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5568 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5570 case bp_step_resume:
5572 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5575 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5576 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5579 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5581 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5584 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5585 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5588 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5589 case bp_thread_event:
5590 case bp_overlay_event:
5591 case bp_longjmp_master:
5592 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5593 case bp_exception_master:
5594 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5600 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5602 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5606 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5607 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5608 if (bs->bp_location_at->loc_type != bp_loc_other)
5609 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5613 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5616 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5617 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5618 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5619 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5621 case bp_std_terminate:
5622 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5623 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5624 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5625 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5628 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5629 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5630 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5631 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5633 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5634 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5636 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5637 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5638 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5640 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5641 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5642 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5643 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5648 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5650 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5654 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5655 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5658 retval.main_action = std::max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5665 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
5669 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5671 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5678 handle_jit_event ();
5680 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5681 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5683 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5684 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5690 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5693 bpstat_should_step ()
5695 struct breakpoint *b;
5698 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5703 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5706 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5708 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5717 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5718 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5719 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5722 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5724 static char wrap_indent[80];
5725 int i, total_width, width, align;
5729 for (i = 1; uiout->query_table_field (i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5731 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5733 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5734 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5735 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5740 total_width += width + 1;
5746 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5747 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5749 "host": Host evals condition.
5750 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5751 "target": Target evals condition.
5755 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5757 struct bp_location *bl;
5758 char host_evals = 0;
5759 char target_evals = 0;
5764 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5767 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5768 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5769 return condition_evaluation_host;
5771 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5773 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5779 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5780 return condition_evaluation_both;
5781 else if (target_evals)
5782 return condition_evaluation_target;
5784 return condition_evaluation_host;
5787 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5788 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5791 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5793 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5796 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5797 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5798 return condition_evaluation_host;
5800 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5801 return condition_evaluation_target;
5803 return condition_evaluation_host;
5806 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5809 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5810 struct bp_location *loc)
5812 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5814 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace;
5816 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5820 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5822 if (b->display_canonical)
5823 uiout->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5824 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5826 const struct symbol *sym = loc->symbol;
5830 uiout->text ("in ");
5831 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
5832 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
5834 uiout->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5835 uiout->text ("at ");
5837 uiout->field_string ("file",
5838 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab),
5839 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
5842 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
5843 uiout->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5845 uiout->field_int ("line", loc->line_number);
5851 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, &stb,
5853 uiout->field_stream ("at", stb);
5857 uiout->field_string ("pending",
5858 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
5859 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5860 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5861 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5862 if (!uiout->is_mi_like_p () && b->extra_string != NULL)
5864 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
5868 uiout->text (b->extra_string);
5872 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5873 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5874 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5877 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5878 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5884 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5886 struct ep_type_description
5889 const char *description;
5891 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5893 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5894 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5895 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5896 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
5897 {bp_until, "until"},
5898 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5899 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5900 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5901 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5902 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5903 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5904 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5905 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5906 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5907 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5908 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5909 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5910 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5911 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5912 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5913 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5914 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5915 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5916 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5917 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5918 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5919 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5920 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5921 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5922 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5923 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5924 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5925 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5926 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5929 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5930 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5931 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5932 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5935 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5938 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5939 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5942 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5943 const char *field_name,
5944 const std::vector<int> &inf_nums,
5947 int is_mi = uiout->is_mi_like_p ();
5949 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5950 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5951 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5954 ui_out_emit_list list_emitter (uiout, field_name);
5956 for (size_t i = 0; i < inf_nums.size (); i++)
5962 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf_nums[i]);
5963 uiout->field_string (NULL, mi_group);
5968 uiout->text (" inf ");
5972 uiout->text (plongest (inf_nums[i]));
5977 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
5978 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
5979 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
5980 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
5984 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5985 struct bp_location *loc,
5987 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5988 int allflag, bool raw_loc)
5990 struct command_line *l;
5991 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5993 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5994 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5995 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5996 struct value_print_options opts;
5998 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6000 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6001 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6002 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6005 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6006 header_of_multiple = 1;
6014 if (part_of_multiple)
6015 uiout->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6017 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
6021 if (part_of_multiple)
6022 uiout->field_skip ("type");
6024 uiout->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b->type));
6028 if (part_of_multiple)
6029 uiout->field_skip ("disp");
6031 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6035 if (part_of_multiple)
6036 uiout->field_string ("enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6038 uiout->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6041 if (!raw_loc && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6042 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6045 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6047 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6049 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6050 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6051 is relatively readable). */
6052 if (opts.addressprint)
6053 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
6055 uiout->field_string ("what", w->exp_string);
6057 else if (!is_catchpoint (b) || is_exception_catchpoint (b))
6059 if (opts.addressprint)
6062 if (header_of_multiple)
6063 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6064 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6065 uiout->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6067 uiout->field_core_addr ("addr",
6068 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6071 if (!header_of_multiple)
6072 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6078 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6080 std::vector<int> inf_nums;
6083 for (inferior *inf : all_inferiors ())
6085 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6086 inf_nums.push_back (inf->num);
6089 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6090 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6092 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6093 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6094 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6095 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6096 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6097 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6099 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_nums, mi_only);
6102 if (!part_of_multiple)
6104 if (b->thread != -1)
6106 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6107 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6108 uiout->text (" thread ");
6109 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6111 else if (b->task != 0)
6113 uiout->text (" task ");
6114 uiout->field_int ("task", b->task);
6120 if (!part_of_multiple)
6121 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6123 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6126 uiout->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6127 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6129 uiout->field_core_addr ("frame",
6130 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6134 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6137 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6138 uiout->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6140 uiout->text ("\tstop only if ");
6141 uiout->field_string ("cond", b->cond_string);
6143 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6144 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6145 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6146 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6147 == condition_evaluation_target)
6150 uiout->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6151 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6152 uiout->text (" evals)");
6157 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6159 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6160 uiout->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6161 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6162 uiout->field_int ("thread", b->thread);
6165 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6167 uiout->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6172 if (!part_of_multiple)
6176 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6177 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6178 uiout->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6179 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6180 uiout->text ("\ttracepoint");
6182 uiout->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6183 uiout->text (" already hit ");
6184 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6185 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6186 uiout->text (" time\n");
6188 uiout->text (" times\n");
6192 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6193 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6194 uiout->field_int ("times", b->hit_count);
6198 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6201 uiout->text ("\tignore next ");
6202 uiout->field_int ("ignore", b->ignore_count);
6203 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6206 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6207 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6208 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6209 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6212 uiout->text ("\tdisable after ");
6213 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6214 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6215 if (b->ignore_count)
6216 uiout->text ("additional ");
6218 uiout->text ("next ");
6219 uiout->field_int ("enable", b->enable_count);
6220 uiout->text (" hits\n");
6223 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6225 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6227 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6229 uiout->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6230 uiout->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6231 uiout->text (" bytes\n");
6235 l = b->commands ? b->commands.get () : NULL;
6236 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6239 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, "script");
6240 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6243 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6245 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6247 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6249 annotate_field (10);
6250 uiout->text ("\tpass count ");
6251 uiout->field_int ("pass", t->pass_count);
6252 uiout->text (" \n");
6255 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6257 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6259 annotate_field (11);
6261 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
6262 uiout->field_string ("installed",
6263 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6269 uiout->text ("\tnot ");
6270 uiout->text ("installed on target\n");
6275 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple)
6277 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6279 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6281 uiout->field_string ("original-location", w->exp_string);
6283 else if (b->location != NULL
6284 && event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()) != NULL)
6285 uiout->field_string ("original-location",
6286 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
6290 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6292 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally = false;
6295 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6296 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6299 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6300 bool use_fixed_output
6301 = (uiout->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output)
6302 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally);
6304 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place, uiout, "bkpt");
6305 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag, false);
6307 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6309 if (!use_fixed_output)
6310 bkpt_tuple_emitter.reset ();
6312 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6313 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6314 locations, if any. */
6316 || b->ops->print_one == NULL
6319 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6320 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6321 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6324 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6325 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6327 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6328 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6329 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6330 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6331 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6332 && (!is_catchpoint (b) || is_exception_catchpoint (b))
6334 || (b->loc && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))))
6336 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_list> locations_list;
6338 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6339 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6341 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output)
6342 locations_list.emplace (uiout, "locations");
6345 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6347 ui_out_emit_tuple loc_tuple_emitter (uiout, NULL);
6348 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc,
6356 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6358 int print_address_bits = 0;
6359 struct bp_location *loc;
6361 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6362 address to print. */
6363 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6366 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6370 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6371 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6372 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6375 return print_address_bits;
6378 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6381 print_breakpoint (breakpoint *b)
6383 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6384 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6387 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6388 internal or momentary. */
6391 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6393 return b->number > 0;
6396 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6399 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6401 return b->loc == NULL;
6404 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6406 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6407 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6408 list are then printed.
6410 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6412 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6413 ones for which it returns true.
6415 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6418 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list, bool show_internal,
6419 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6421 struct breakpoint *b;
6422 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6423 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6424 struct value_print_options opts;
6425 int print_address_bits = 0;
6426 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6427 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6429 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6431 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6432 required for address fields. */
6433 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6436 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6437 if (filter && !filter (b))
6440 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6441 accept. Skip the others. */
6442 if (bp_num_list != NULL && *bp_num_list != '\0')
6444 if (show_internal && parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list) != b->number)
6446 if (!show_internal && !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list, b->number))
6450 if (show_internal || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6452 int addr_bit, type_len;
6454 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6455 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6456 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6458 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6459 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6460 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6462 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6467 ui_out_emit_table table_emitter (uiout,
6468 opts.addressprint ? 6 : 5,
6469 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6472 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6473 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6474 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6476 uiout->table_header (7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6477 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6479 uiout->table_header (print_type_col_width, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6480 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6482 uiout->table_header (4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6483 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6485 uiout->table_header (3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6486 if (opts.addressprint)
6488 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6490 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6491 uiout->table_header (10, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6493 uiout->table_header (18, ui_left, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6495 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6497 uiout->table_header (40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6498 uiout->table_body ();
6499 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6500 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6505 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6506 if (filter && !filter (b))
6509 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6510 accept. Skip the others. */
6512 if (bp_num_list != NULL && *bp_num_list != '\0')
6514 if (show_internal) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6516 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list) != b->number)
6519 else /* all others */
6521 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list, b->number))
6525 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6526 show_internal is set. */
6527 if (show_internal || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6528 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, show_internal);
6532 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6534 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6538 if (bp_num_list == NULL || *bp_num_list == '\0')
6539 uiout->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6541 uiout->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6547 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6548 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6551 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6552 there have been breakpoints? */
6553 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6555 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6558 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6559 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6562 default_collect_info (void)
6564 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6566 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6567 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6569 if (!*default_collect)
6572 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6574 uiout->text ("default collect ");
6575 uiout->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect);
6576 uiout->text (" \n");
6580 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6582 breakpoint_1 (args, false, NULL);
6584 default_collect_info ();
6588 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
6590 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, false, is_watchpoint);
6591 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6593 if (num_printed == 0)
6595 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6596 uiout->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6598 uiout->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6603 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args, int from_tty)
6605 breakpoint_1 (args, true, NULL);
6607 default_collect_info ();
6611 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6612 struct program_space *pspace,
6613 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6615 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6617 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6619 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6620 && bl->address == pc
6621 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6627 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6628 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6632 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6633 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6634 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6637 struct breakpoint *b;
6640 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6641 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6645 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6646 else /* if (others == ???) */
6647 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6649 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6652 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6653 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6654 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6655 else if (b->thread != -1)
6656 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6657 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6658 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6659 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6663 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6665 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6666 fputs_styled (paddress (gdbarch, pc), address_style.style (), gdb_stdout);
6667 printf_filtered (".\n");
6672 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6673 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6674 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6675 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6677 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6678 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6679 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6680 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6684 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location *loc)
6686 return loc->loc_type != bp_loc_other;
6689 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6690 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6693 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6694 struct bp_location *loc2)
6696 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6697 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6699 /* Both of them must exist. */
6700 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6701 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6703 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6704 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6705 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6706 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6707 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6708 other watchpoint. */
6710 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6712 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6713 w1->cond_exp.get ()))
6715 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6717 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6718 w2->cond_exp.get ())))
6721 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6722 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6723 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6724 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6725 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6726 become hw_access locations later. */
6727 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6728 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6729 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6730 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6733 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6736 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6737 const address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6739 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6740 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6744 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6745 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6746 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6747 space doesn't really matter. */
6750 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space *aspace1,
6752 int len1, const address_space *aspace2,
6755 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6756 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6757 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6760 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6761 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6762 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6763 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6766 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6767 const address_space *aspace,
6770 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6773 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6774 bl->address, bl->length,
6778 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6779 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6780 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6781 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6782 doesn't really matter. */
6785 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
6786 const address_space *aspace,
6787 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
6789 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6790 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
6792 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
6794 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
6800 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6801 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6802 true, otherwise returns false. */
6805 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6806 struct bp_location *loc2)
6808 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6809 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6810 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6811 different locations. */
6812 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6817 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6818 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6819 the same location. */
6822 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6823 struct bp_location *loc2)
6825 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6827 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6828 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6829 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6831 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6832 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6834 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6837 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6838 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6839 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6841 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6842 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6843 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6844 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6848 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6849 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6851 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6852 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6856 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6857 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6859 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6860 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6862 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6865 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6866 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6867 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6868 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6871 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6872 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6874 if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6875 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6876 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6877 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6878 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6880 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6881 have their addresses modified. */
6884 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
6886 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6887 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6888 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6889 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6890 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6891 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6896 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr = bpaddr;
6898 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6900 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6901 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6902 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6905 adjusted_bpaddr = address_significant (gdbarch, adjusted_bpaddr);
6907 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6908 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6910 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6911 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6913 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6918 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type)
6923 case bp_single_step:
6927 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6928 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6930 case bp_exception_resume:
6931 case bp_step_resume:
6932 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6933 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6935 case bp_std_terminate:
6936 case bp_shlib_event:
6937 case bp_thread_event:
6938 case bp_overlay_event:
6940 case bp_longjmp_master:
6941 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6942 case bp_exception_master:
6943 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6944 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6946 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6947 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6948 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6949 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6950 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6951 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6952 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6956 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6957 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6958 return bp_loc_other;
6960 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6964 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint *owner, bp_loc_type type)
6966 this->owner = owner;
6967 this->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6968 this->shlib_disabled = 0;
6971 this->loc_type = type;
6973 if (this->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
6974 || this->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
6975 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
6980 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint *owner)
6981 : bp_location::bp_location (owner,
6982 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner->type))
6986 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6988 static struct bp_location *
6989 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6991 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6995 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7000 /* Increment reference count. */
7003 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7008 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7009 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7012 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7014 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7016 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7017 free_bp_location (*blp);
7021 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7024 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&b)
7026 struct breakpoint *b1;
7027 struct breakpoint *result = b.get ();
7029 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7030 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7032 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7034 breakpoint_chain = b.release ();
7039 b1->next = b.release ();
7045 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7048 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7049 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7051 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7053 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7057 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7058 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7059 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7060 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7063 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7064 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7066 static struct breakpoint *
7067 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7069 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7071 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7073 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7074 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7077 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7080 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
7082 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7084 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7085 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7086 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7088 const char *function_name;
7090 if (loc->msymbol != NULL
7091 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7092 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc->msymbol) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc))
7094 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7096 function_name = MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc->msymbol);
7098 if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7099 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7101 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7102 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7103 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7104 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7106 loc->related_address = loc->address;
7110 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &function_name, NULL, NULL);
7113 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7117 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7119 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7122 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7124 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7129 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7130 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7131 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7133 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7134 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7135 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7138 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7139 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7140 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7142 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7144 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7146 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7147 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7149 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7150 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7152 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7153 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7156 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7157 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7158 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7159 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7160 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7161 is also returned as the value of this function.
7163 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7164 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7165 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7166 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7167 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7168 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7169 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7172 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7173 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7174 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7176 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype);
7178 init_raw_breakpoint (b.get (), gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7179 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
7182 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7183 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7184 initiated the operation. */
7187 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7189 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7190 int thread = tp->global_num;
7192 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7193 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7194 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7195 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7196 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7197 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7198 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7199 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7201 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7202 struct breakpoint *clone;
7204 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7205 after their removal. */
7206 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7207 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7208 clone->thread = thread;
7211 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7214 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7216 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7218 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7220 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7221 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7223 if (b->thread == thread)
7224 delete_breakpoint (b);
7229 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7231 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7234 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7236 if (b->thread == thread)
7237 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7241 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7242 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7243 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7247 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7249 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7252 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7254 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7256 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7257 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7259 new_b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
7261 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7263 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7266 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7267 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7268 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7269 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7275 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7276 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7279 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7280 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7284 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7286 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7288 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7289 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7291 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7293 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7294 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7295 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7296 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7299 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp);
7301 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7303 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7304 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7305 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7307 delete_breakpoint (b);
7312 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7314 struct breakpoint *b;
7317 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7319 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7320 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7321 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7326 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7328 struct breakpoint *b;
7331 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7333 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7334 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7335 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7339 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7340 master breakpoint. */
7342 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7344 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7347 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7348 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7350 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7351 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7355 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7357 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7359 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7361 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7362 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7363 delete_breakpoint (b);
7367 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7369 struct breakpoint *b;
7371 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7372 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7374 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7375 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7376 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7378 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7383 struct lang_and_radix
7389 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7392 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7394 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7395 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7398 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7401 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7403 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7406 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7407 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7408 delete_breakpoint (b);
7412 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7414 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7417 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7418 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7419 delete_breakpoint (b);
7422 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7425 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7427 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7429 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7430 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7431 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7432 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7435 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7436 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7437 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7439 static struct breakpoint *
7440 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7441 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7443 struct breakpoint *b;
7445 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7446 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7447 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7452 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7454 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7457 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7460 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7462 struct breakpoint *b;
7464 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7466 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7467 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7469 delete_breakpoint (b);
7475 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7476 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7479 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7481 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7483 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7485 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7486 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7488 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7489 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7490 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7491 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7492 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7493 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7494 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7495 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7496 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7497 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7498 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7499 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7502 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7507 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7508 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7509 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7512 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7514 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7515 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7517 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7519 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7520 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7522 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7523 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7524 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7525 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7526 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7527 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7528 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7529 || is_tracepoint (b))
7530 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7532 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7533 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7534 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7535 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7538 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7539 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7541 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7543 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7544 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7545 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7548 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7553 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7554 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7555 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7558 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7560 struct breakpoint *b;
7562 if (objfile == NULL)
7565 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7566 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7567 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7568 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7569 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7570 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7571 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7572 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7573 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7574 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7576 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7577 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7582 struct bp_location *loc;
7583 int bp_modified = 0;
7585 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7588 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7590 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7592 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7593 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7596 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7599 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7602 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7603 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7606 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7608 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7609 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7610 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7611 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7612 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7615 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7622 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
7626 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7628 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7629 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7630 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7632 struct fork_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7634 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7635 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7636 catchpoint has triggered. */
7637 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7640 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7644 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7646 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7649 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7653 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7655 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7658 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7662 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7663 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7664 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7666 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7668 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7671 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7675 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7678 static enum print_stop_action
7679 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7681 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7682 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7683 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7685 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7686 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7687 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7688 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7690 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7691 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7693 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7694 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7696 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7697 uiout->text (" (forked process ");
7698 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7699 uiout->text ("), ");
7700 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7703 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7707 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7709 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7710 struct value_print_options opts;
7711 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7713 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7715 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7716 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7718 if (opts.addressprint)
7719 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7721 uiout->text ("fork");
7722 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7724 uiout->text (", process ");
7725 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7729 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7730 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7733 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7737 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7739 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7742 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7746 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7749 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7752 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7754 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7756 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7760 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7762 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7765 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7769 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7771 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
7774 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7778 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7779 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7780 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7782 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7784 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7787 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7791 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7794 static enum print_stop_action
7795 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7797 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7798 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7799 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7801 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7802 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7803 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7804 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7806 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7807 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7809 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7810 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7812 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7813 uiout->text (" (vforked process ");
7814 uiout->field_int ("newpid", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7815 uiout->text ("), ");
7816 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7819 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7823 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7825 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7826 struct value_print_options opts;
7827 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7829 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7830 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7831 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7833 if (opts.addressprint)
7834 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
7836 uiout->text ("vfork");
7837 if (c->forked_inferior_pid != null_ptid)
7839 uiout->text (", process ");
7840 uiout->field_int ("what", c->forked_inferior_pid.pid ());
7844 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7845 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7848 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7852 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7854 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7857 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7861 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7863 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7864 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7867 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7869 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7871 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7872 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7873 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7875 struct solib_catchpoint : public breakpoint
7877 ~solib_catchpoint () override;
7879 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7880 unsigned char is_load;
7882 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7883 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7885 std::unique_ptr<compiled_regex> compiled;
7888 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7890 xfree (this->regex);
7894 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7900 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
7906 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7907 const address_space *aspace,
7909 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7911 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7912 struct breakpoint *other;
7914 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7919 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7921 if (other == bl->owner)
7924 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7927 if (self->pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->pspace)
7930 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7932 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7941 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7943 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7944 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7948 for (so_list *iter : current_program_space->added_solibs)
7951 || self->compiled->exec (iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7957 for (const std::string &iter : current_program_space->deleted_solibs)
7960 || self->compiled->exec (iter.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7966 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7969 static enum print_stop_action
7970 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7972 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7973 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7975 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7976 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
7977 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7978 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7980 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
7981 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
7983 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
7984 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7985 print_solib_event (1);
7986 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7990 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7992 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7993 struct value_print_options opts;
7994 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7996 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7997 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7998 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8000 if (opts.addressprint)
8003 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8011 msg = string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8013 msg = _("load of library");
8018 msg = string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8020 msg = _("unload of library");
8022 uiout->field_string ("what", msg);
8024 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8025 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8029 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8031 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8033 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8034 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8038 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8040 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8042 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8043 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8044 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8046 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8047 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8050 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8052 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8053 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8054 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8055 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8056 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8057 created in an enabled state. */
8060 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8062 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8066 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8068 std::unique_ptr<solib_catchpoint> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8072 c->compiled.reset (new compiled_regex (arg, REG_NOSUB,
8073 _("Invalid regexp")));
8074 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8077 c->is_load = is_load;
8078 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8079 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8081 c->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8083 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8086 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8090 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8091 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8094 const int enabled = 1;
8096 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8098 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8102 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8103 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8105 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8109 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
8110 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8112 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8115 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8116 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8117 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8118 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8121 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8122 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8123 const char *cond_string,
8124 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8126 symtab_and_line sal;
8127 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8129 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8131 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8132 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8136 install_breakpoint (int internal, std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> &&arg, int update_gll)
8138 breakpoint *b = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg));
8139 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8140 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8141 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8144 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
8147 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8151 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8152 int tempflag, const char *cond_string,
8153 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8155 std::unique_ptr<fork_catchpoint> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8157 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8159 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8161 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
8164 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8166 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8167 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8168 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8170 struct exec_catchpoint : public breakpoint
8172 ~exec_catchpoint () override;
8174 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8175 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8177 char *exec_pathname;
8180 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8182 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8184 xfree (this->exec_pathname);
8188 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8190 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8194 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
8196 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid.pid ());
8200 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8201 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8202 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8204 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8206 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8209 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8213 static enum print_stop_action
8214 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8216 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8217 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8218 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8220 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8221 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8222 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8223 uiout->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8225 uiout->text ("Catchpoint ");
8226 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8228 uiout->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8229 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8231 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
8232 uiout->text (" (exec'd ");
8233 uiout->field_string ("new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8234 uiout->text ("), ");
8236 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8240 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8242 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8243 struct value_print_options opts;
8244 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8246 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8248 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8249 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8250 is relatively readable). */
8251 if (opts.addressprint)
8252 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
8254 uiout->text ("exec");
8255 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8257 uiout->text (", program \"");
8258 uiout->field_string ("what", c->exec_pathname);
8259 uiout->text ("\" ");
8262 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
8263 uiout->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8267 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8269 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8272 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8276 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8278 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8279 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8282 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8285 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8288 struct breakpoint *b;
8289 struct bp_location *bl;
8293 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8294 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8296 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8298 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8305 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8309 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8312 struct bp_location *bl;
8314 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8317 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8319 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8321 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8327 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8328 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8329 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8330 types _not_ TYPE. */
8333 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8334 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8337 struct breakpoint *b;
8339 *other_type_used = 0;
8344 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8347 if (b->type == type)
8348 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8349 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8350 *other_type_used = 1;
8357 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8359 struct breakpoint *b;
8363 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8365 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8366 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8372 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8374 struct breakpoint *b;
8378 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8380 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8381 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8387 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8389 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8390 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8394 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8396 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8397 breakpoint_re_set ();
8400 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8403 static struct breakpoint *
8404 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8406 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b (new breakpoint ());
8408 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8409 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8411 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8412 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8415 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8417 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b));
8420 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8421 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8425 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8426 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8428 struct breakpoint *b;
8430 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8432 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8434 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8435 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8436 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8437 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8439 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
8441 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8443 return breakpoint_up (b);
8446 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8447 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8448 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8450 static struct breakpoint *
8451 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8453 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8456 struct breakpoint *copy;
8458 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8459 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8460 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc);
8462 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8463 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8464 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8465 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8466 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8467 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8468 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8469 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8470 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8471 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8472 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8473 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8475 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8476 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8477 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8479 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8483 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8487 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8489 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8493 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
8497 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8500 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8502 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8504 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8505 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8507 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8511 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8514 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8516 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8517 current_uiout->text ("\n");
8521 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
8523 static struct bp_location *
8524 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8525 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8527 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8528 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8529 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8531 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8532 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8534 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8535 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8536 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8537 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8538 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8539 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8540 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8543 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8544 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8545 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8546 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8551 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8552 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8553 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8554 loc->probe.prob = sal->prob;
8555 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
8556 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8557 loc->section = sal->section;
8558 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8559 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8560 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8561 loc->symbol = sal->symbol;
8562 loc->msymbol = sal->msymbol;
8563 loc->objfile = sal->objfile;
8565 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
8567 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8568 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8569 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8570 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8571 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8572 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8573 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8574 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8575 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8576 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8577 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8578 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8580 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8587 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8590 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
8594 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8595 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8598 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8600 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8604 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
8606 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8607 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8608 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8609 scoped_restore restore_memory
8610 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8612 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
8613 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8619 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8620 return 0 otherwise. */
8623 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8625 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8627 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8628 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8629 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8630 program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8632 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc))
8635 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
8636 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8637 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
8640 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8641 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8644 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8646 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8647 char *printf_line = NULL;
8652 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8654 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8656 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8658 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8660 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8661 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8663 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8664 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8665 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8667 if (!dprintf_function)
8668 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8670 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8671 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8676 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8680 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8682 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8683 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8686 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8687 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8691 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8692 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8694 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8696 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8697 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8698 = new struct command_line (simple_control, printf_line);
8699 breakpoint_set_commands (b, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line,
8700 command_lines_deleter ()));
8703 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8704 current style settings. */
8707 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args, int from_tty,
8708 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8710 struct breakpoint *b;
8714 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8715 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8719 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8720 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8721 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8722 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8725 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8726 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8727 event_location_up &&location,
8728 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8729 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8730 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8731 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8732 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8733 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8734 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8735 int display_canonical)
8739 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8741 int target_resources_ok;
8743 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8744 target_resources_ok =
8745 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8747 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8748 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8749 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8750 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8753 gdb_assert (!sals.empty ());
8755 for (const auto &sal : sals)
8757 struct bp_location *loc;
8761 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8763 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8765 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8766 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8769 if (&sal == &sals[0])
8771 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8775 b->cond_string = cond_string.release ();
8776 b->extra_string = extra_string.release ();
8777 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8778 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8779 b->disposition = disposition;
8781 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8782 b->loc->inserted = 1;
8784 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8786 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8787 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8789 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8791 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8792 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8794 = &event_location_to_string (b->location.get ())[3];
8797 p = skip_spaces (p);
8799 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8801 t->static_trace_marker_id.assign (p, endp - p);
8803 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8805 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8807 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8809 t->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
8811 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8813 t->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
8816 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8817 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8824 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8825 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
8831 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
8833 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
8834 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8836 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
8839 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8840 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8841 if (type == bp_dprintf)
8843 if (b->extra_string)
8844 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8846 error (_("Format string required"));
8848 else if (b->extra_string)
8849 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
8852 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8853 if (location != NULL)
8854 b->location = std::move (location);
8856 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
8857 b->filter = filter.release ();
8861 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8862 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
8863 event_location_up &&location,
8864 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter,
8865 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8866 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8867 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8868 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8869 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8870 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8871 int display_canonical)
8873 std::unique_ptr<breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type);
8875 init_breakpoint_sal (b.get (), gdbarch,
8876 sals, std::move (location),
8878 std::move (cond_string),
8879 std::move (extra_string),
8881 thread, task, ignore_count,
8883 enabled, internal, flags,
8886 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
8889 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8890 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8891 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8892 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8893 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8894 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8895 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8896 we take just a single condition string.
8898 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8899 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8900 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8901 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8902 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8905 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8906 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8907 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
8908 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
8909 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8910 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8911 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8912 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
8914 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8915 gdb_assert (canonical->lsals.size () == 1);
8917 for (const auto &lsal : canonical->lsals)
8919 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8920 'break', without arguments. */
8921 event_location_up location
8922 = (canonical->location != NULL
8923 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ()) : NULL);
8924 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> filter_string
8925 (lsal.canonical != NULL ? xstrdup (lsal.canonical) : NULL);
8927 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal.sals,
8928 std::move (location),
8929 std::move (filter_string),
8930 std::move (cond_string),
8931 std::move (extra_string),
8933 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8934 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
8935 canonical->special_display);
8939 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8940 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8941 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8942 linespec locations).
8944 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8945 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8948 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
8949 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8951 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
8953 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
8955 const char *spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
8959 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8960 breakpoint address. */
8961 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8963 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8964 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8965 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8966 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8967 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8968 symtab_and_line sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
8969 CORE_ADDR pc = sal.pc;
8971 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8973 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8974 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8975 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8976 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8977 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8979 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8981 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8983 lsal.canonical = NULL;
8985 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
8989 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8993 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8994 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8995 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8996 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8998 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8999 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9000 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9001 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9003 const char *spec = NULL;
9005 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9006 spec = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
9010 && strchr ("+-", spec[0]) != NULL
9013 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9014 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9015 get_last_displayed_line (),
9016 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9021 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9022 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9026 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9027 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9030 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector<symtab_and_line> &sals)
9032 for (auto &sal : sals)
9033 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9036 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9037 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9038 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9039 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9040 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9044 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9045 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals)
9047 for (const auto &sal : sals)
9049 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9051 sarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9052 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9053 associated with SAL. */
9057 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal.pc, &msg))
9058 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9059 paddress (sarch, sal.pc), msg.c_str ());
9063 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9064 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9065 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9066 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9067 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9068 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9071 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9072 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9075 *cond_string = NULL;
9082 const char *end_tok;
9084 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9085 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9087 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9089 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9091 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9095 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9097 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9099 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9101 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9102 parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9104 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9106 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9109 struct thread_info *thr;
9112 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9114 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9115 *thread = thr->global_num;
9118 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9123 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9125 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9126 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9127 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9132 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9136 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9140 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9142 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
9143 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9145 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9148 p = skip_spaces (p);
9150 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9152 std::string marker_str (p, endp - p);
9154 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
9155 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str.c_str ());
9156 if (markers.empty ())
9157 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9158 marker_str.c_str ());
9160 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
9161 sals.reserve (markers.size ());
9163 for (const static_tracepoint_marker &marker : markers)
9165 symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (marker.address, 0);
9166 sal.pc = marker.address;
9167 sals.push_back (sal);
9174 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9177 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9178 const struct event_location *location,
9179 const char *cond_string,
9180 int thread, const char *extra_string,
9182 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9184 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9185 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9186 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9189 struct linespec_result canonical;
9192 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9194 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9196 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9197 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9198 extra_string = NULL;
9202 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9204 catch (const gdb_exception_error &e)
9206 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9208 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9210 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9213 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9216 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9218 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9219 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9220 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9221 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9222 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9225 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9226 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9227 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9228 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9235 if (!pending && canonical.lsals.empty ())
9238 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9239 are ok for the target. */
9242 for (auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9243 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal.sals);
9246 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9247 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9249 for (const auto &lsal : canonical.lsals)
9250 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, lsal.sals);
9253 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9254 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9258 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string_copy;
9259 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string_copy;
9266 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
9268 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9269 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9270 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9271 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9273 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal.sals[0].pc,
9274 &cond, &thread, &task, &rest);
9275 cond_string_copy.reset (cond);
9276 extra_string_copy.reset (rest);
9280 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9281 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9282 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9284 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9286 cond_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (cond_string));
9287 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9289 extra_string_copy.reset (xstrdup (extra_string));
9292 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9293 std::move (cond_string_copy),
9294 std::move (extra_string_copy),
9296 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9297 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9298 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9302 std::unique_ptr <breakpoint> b = new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted);
9304 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b.get (), gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9305 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9308 b->cond_string = NULL;
9311 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9312 b->cond_string = cond_string != NULL ? xstrdup (cond_string) : NULL;
9316 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9317 b->extra_string = extra_string != NULL ? xstrdup (extra_string) : NULL;
9318 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9319 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9320 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9321 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9322 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9323 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9324 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9326 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (b), 0);
9329 if (canonical.lsals.size () > 1)
9331 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9332 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9333 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9336 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9341 /* Set a breakpoint.
9342 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9343 condition, and thread.
9344 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9345 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9349 break_command_1 (const char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9351 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9352 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9353 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9355 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9357 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9359 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9360 if (location != NULL
9361 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
9362 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9364 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9366 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9368 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9369 tempflag, type_wanted,
9370 0 /* Ignore count */,
9371 pending_break_support,
9379 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9382 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9386 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9388 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9389 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9390 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9393 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9394 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9395 if (sal->explicit_line)
9396 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9399 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9401 const struct blockvector *bv;
9402 const struct block *b;
9405 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
9406 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
9409 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9412 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
9413 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
9418 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9419 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9420 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9421 happen in assembly source). */
9423 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
9424 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9426 bound_minimal_symbol msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9428 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9435 break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9437 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9441 tbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9443 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9447 hbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9449 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9453 thbreak_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9455 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9459 stop_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9461 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9462 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9463 stop at <line>\n"));
9467 stopin_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9473 else if (*arg != '*')
9475 const char *argptr = arg;
9478 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9479 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9480 function/method name. */
9481 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9483 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9488 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9490 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9494 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9496 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9500 stopat_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9504 if (arg == NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9508 const char *argptr = arg;
9511 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9512 it is probably a line number. */
9513 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9515 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9520 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9522 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9526 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9528 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9531 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9532 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9533 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9537 dprintf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9539 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9541 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9542 the next character must be ','. */
9545 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
9546 error (_("Format string required"));
9549 /* Skip the comma. */
9554 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9556 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
9558 0 /* Ignore count */,
9559 pending_break_support,
9560 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9568 agent_printf_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9570 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9573 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9574 ranged breakpoints. */
9577 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9578 const address_space *aspace,
9580 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9582 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9583 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9586 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9587 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9590 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9591 ranged breakpoints. */
9594 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9596 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9599 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9600 ranged breakpoints. */
9602 static enum print_stop_action
9603 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9605 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9606 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9607 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9609 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9611 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9612 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9614 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9616 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
9618 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9619 uiout->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9621 uiout->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9622 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
9624 uiout->field_string ("reason",
9625 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9626 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9628 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
9631 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9634 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9635 ranged breakpoints. */
9638 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9639 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9641 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9642 struct value_print_options opts;
9643 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9645 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9646 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9648 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9650 if (opts.addressprint)
9651 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9652 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9653 uiout->field_skip ("addr");
9655 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9659 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9660 ranged breakpoints. */
9663 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9664 struct ui_out *uiout)
9666 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9667 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9672 address_start = bl->address;
9673 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9675 uiout->text ("\taddress range: ");
9676 stb.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9677 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9678 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9679 uiout->field_stream ("addr", stb);
9683 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9684 ranged breakpoints. */
9687 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9689 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9690 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9693 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9695 uiout->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9696 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9697 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9700 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9701 ranged breakpoints. */
9704 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9706 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
9707 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
9708 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end.get ()));
9709 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9712 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9714 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9716 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9717 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9718 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9719 last instruction of the given line. */
9722 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9726 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9727 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9728 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9735 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9737 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9739 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9746 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9749 break_range_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
9751 const char *arg_start;
9752 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9753 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9755 struct breakpoint *b;
9757 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9758 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9759 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9761 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9762 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9763 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9766 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9768 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9769 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9770 error(_("No address range specified."));
9773 event_location_up start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9775 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location.get (), &canonical_start);
9778 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9779 else if (canonical_start.lsals.empty ())
9780 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9782 const linespec_sals &lsal_start = canonical_start.lsals[0];
9784 if (canonical_start.lsals.size () > 1
9785 || lsal_start.sals.size () != 1)
9786 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9788 const symtab_and_line &sal_start = lsal_start.sals[0];
9789 std::string addr_string_start (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9791 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9792 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9794 /* Parse the end location. */
9798 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9799 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9800 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9801 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9802 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9803 event_location_up end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
9805 decode_line_full (end_location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9806 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9807 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9809 if (canonical_end.lsals.empty ())
9810 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9812 const linespec_sals &lsal_end = canonical_end.lsals[0];
9813 if (canonical_end.lsals.size () > 1
9814 || lsal_end.sals.size () != 1)
9815 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9817 const symtab_and_line &sal_end = lsal_end.sals[0];
9819 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9820 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9821 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9823 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9825 /* Length overflowed. */
9826 error (_("Address range too large."));
9827 else if (length == 1)
9829 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9830 the `hbreak' command. */
9831 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start[0], 1);
9836 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9837 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9838 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9839 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9840 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9841 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9842 b->location = std::move (start_location);
9843 b->location_range_end = std::move (end_location);
9844 b->loc->length = length;
9847 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created.notify (b);
9848 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9851 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9852 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9853 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9857 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9865 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9866 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9869 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9879 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9880 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9881 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9882 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9883 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9885 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9911 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9914 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9915 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9920 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
9921 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
9922 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
9923 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9924 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9925 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9926 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9928 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9929 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9934 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9936 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9937 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9938 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9939 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9941 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9942 are always constant. */
9944 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9946 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9947 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9948 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
9953 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9954 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9955 then it is not a constant. */
9964 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9966 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
9968 xfree (this->exp_string);
9969 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse);
9972 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9975 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9977 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9979 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9980 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9982 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9983 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9984 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9985 are loaded and unloaded.
9987 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9988 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9989 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9990 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9991 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9992 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9994 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9995 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9996 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9997 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9999 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10000 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10002 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10003 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10004 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10007 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10010 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10012 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10013 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10015 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10016 w->cond_exp.get ());
10019 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10022 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10024 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10025 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10027 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10028 w->cond_exp.get ());
10032 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10033 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10034 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10036 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10037 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10039 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10040 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10041 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10042 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10043 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10044 (did not match the data address). */
10045 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10046 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10053 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10055 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10057 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10060 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10061 hardware watchpoints. */
10064 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10066 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10067 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10069 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10072 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10073 hardware watchpoints. */
10076 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10078 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10079 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10082 static enum print_stop_action
10083 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10085 struct breakpoint *b;
10086 enum print_stop_action result;
10087 struct watchpoint *w;
10088 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10090 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10092 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10093 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10095 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10096 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10100 gdb::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> tuple_emitter;
10103 case bp_watchpoint:
10104 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10105 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10106 uiout->field_string
10107 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10109 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10110 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10111 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10112 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10113 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10114 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10115 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10116 uiout->text ("\n");
10117 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10118 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10121 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10122 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10123 uiout->field_string
10124 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10126 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10127 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10128 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10129 uiout->field_stream ("value", stb);
10130 uiout->text ("\n");
10131 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10134 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10135 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10137 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10138 uiout->field_string
10140 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10142 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10143 uiout->text ("\nOld value = ");
10144 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val.get (), &stb);
10145 uiout->field_stream ("old", stb);
10146 uiout->text ("\nNew value = ");
10151 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10152 uiout->field_string
10154 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10155 tuple_emitter.emplace (uiout, "value");
10156 uiout->text ("\nValue = ");
10158 watchpoint_value_print (w->val.get (), &stb);
10159 uiout->field_stream ("new", stb);
10160 uiout->text ("\n");
10161 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10164 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10170 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10174 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10176 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10177 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10178 const char *tuple_name;
10182 case bp_watchpoint:
10183 uiout->text ("Watchpoint ");
10184 tuple_name = "wpt";
10186 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10187 uiout->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10188 tuple_name = "wpt";
10190 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10191 uiout->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10192 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10194 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10195 uiout->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10196 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10199 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10200 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10203 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10204 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10205 uiout->text (": ");
10206 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10209 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10213 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10215 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10219 case bp_watchpoint:
10220 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10221 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10223 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10224 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10226 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10230 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10231 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10234 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10235 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10238 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10242 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10244 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10245 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10246 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10254 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10256 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10257 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10260 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10262 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10264 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10265 bl->watchpoint_type);
10268 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10269 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10272 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
10274 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10276 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10277 bl->watchpoint_type);
10280 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10281 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10284 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10286 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10288 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10291 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10292 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10295 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10300 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10301 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10303 static enum print_stop_action
10304 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10306 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10307 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10309 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10310 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10312 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10313 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10317 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10318 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10319 uiout->field_string
10320 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10323 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10324 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10325 uiout->field_string
10326 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10329 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10330 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
10331 uiout->field_string
10333 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10336 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10337 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10341 uiout->text (_("\n\
10342 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10343 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10344 uiout->text ("\n");
10346 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10347 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10350 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10351 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10354 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10355 struct ui_out *uiout)
10357 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10359 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10360 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10362 uiout->text ("\tmask ");
10363 uiout->field_core_addr ("mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10364 uiout->text ("\n");
10367 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10368 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10371 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10373 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10374 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10375 const char *tuple_name;
10379 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10380 uiout->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10381 tuple_name = "wpt";
10383 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10384 uiout->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10385 tuple_name = "hw-rwpt";
10387 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10388 uiout->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10389 tuple_name = "hw-awpt";
10392 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10393 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10396 ui_out_emit_tuple tuple_emitter (uiout, tuple_name);
10397 uiout->field_int ("number", b->number);
10398 uiout->text (": ");
10399 uiout->field_string ("exp", w->exp_string);
10402 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10403 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10406 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10408 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10413 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10416 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10417 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10419 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10423 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10424 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10427 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10428 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10429 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10432 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10434 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10436 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10439 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10441 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10444 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10445 hw_read: watch read,
10446 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10448 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10449 int just_location, int internal)
10451 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10452 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10453 struct value *result;
10454 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
10455 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10456 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10457 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10459 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10460 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10461 enum bptype bp_type;
10464 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10465 the hardware watchpoint. */
10467 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10469 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10470 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10472 const char *value_start;
10474 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10476 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10477 of the arguments string. */
10478 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10480 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10481 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10484 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10485 This is the value of the parameter. */
10486 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10488 value_start = tok + 1;
10490 /* Skip whitespace. */
10491 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10496 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10497 This is the parameter itself. */
10498 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10501 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10503 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
10505 struct thread_info *thr;
10506 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10507 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10508 only in a specific thread. */
10512 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10514 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10515 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
10517 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10518 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10519 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
10521 thread = thr->global_num;
10523 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
10525 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10526 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10528 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10531 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10533 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10535 mark = value_mark ();
10536 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10537 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10538 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10541 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10544 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10545 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10552 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10553 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10555 std::string expression (arg, exp_end - arg);
10556 exp_start = arg = expression.c_str ();
10557 innermost_block_tracker tracker;
10558 expression_up exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0, &tracker);
10560 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10561 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10563 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10566 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10567 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp.get ()))
10571 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10572 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10574 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10577 exp_valid_block = tracker.block ();
10578 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
10579 struct value *val_as_value = nullptr;
10580 fetch_subexp_value (exp.get (), &pc, &val_as_value, &result, NULL,
10583 if (val_as_value != NULL && just_location)
10585 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val_as_value);
10586 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val_as_value);
10594 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10595 val = release_value (value_addr (result));
10596 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10600 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val.get ()),
10603 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10604 else if (ret == -2)
10605 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10608 else if (val_as_value != NULL)
10609 val = release_value (val_as_value);
10611 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10612 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10614 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10615 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10617 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10618 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker;
10619 parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker);
10621 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10622 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10623 cond_exp_valid_block = if_tracker.block ();
10628 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10630 frame_info *wp_frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10632 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10634 frame_id watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (wp_frame);
10636 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10637 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10638 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10639 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10640 if (exp_valid_block != NULL && wp_frame != NULL)
10642 frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame);
10644 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10646 gdbarch *caller_arch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame);
10647 CORE_ADDR caller_pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame);
10650 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch, caller_pc,
10651 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10652 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10654 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10657 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10659 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10660 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10662 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10663 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = caller_frame_id;
10665 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10666 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch = caller_arch;
10667 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address = caller_pc;
10668 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10669 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10670 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10671 scope_breakpoint->type);
10675 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10676 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10677 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10678 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10680 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10681 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10682 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10683 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10685 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10687 std::unique_ptr<watchpoint> w (new watchpoint ());
10690 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10691 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10693 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w.get (), NULL, bp_type,
10694 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10695 w->thread = thread;
10696 w->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10697 w->pspace = current_program_space;
10698 w->exp = std::move (exp);
10699 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10700 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10703 struct type *t = value_type (val.get ());
10704 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val.get ());
10706 w->exp_string_reparse
10707 = current_language->la_watch_location_expression (t, addr).release ();
10709 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10710 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10713 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10717 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10722 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
10723 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
10728 w->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10730 w->cond_string = 0;
10732 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame))
10734 w->watchpoint_frame = watchpoint_frame;
10735 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10739 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10740 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10743 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10745 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10746 need to act on them together. */
10747 w->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10748 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = w.get ();
10751 if (!just_location)
10752 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10754 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10755 that should be inserted. */
10756 update_watchpoint (w.get (), 1);
10758 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (w), 1);
10761 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10762 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10765 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector<value_ref_ptr> &vals)
10767 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10769 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10770 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10773 gdb_assert (!vals.empty ());
10774 struct value *head = vals[0].get ();
10776 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10777 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10778 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10779 hardware watchpoint.
10781 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10782 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10783 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10784 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10785 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10786 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10787 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10788 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10789 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10791 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10792 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10793 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10794 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10795 for (const value_ref_ptr &iter : vals)
10797 struct value *v = iter.get ();
10799 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10801 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10802 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10803 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10804 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10805 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10806 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10810 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10811 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10812 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10814 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10815 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10816 middle of some value chain. */
10818 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10819 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10821 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10825 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10826 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10827 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10829 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10833 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10837 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10838 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10839 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10840 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10841 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10844 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10845 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10846 return found_memory_cnt;
10850 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10852 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10855 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10856 calls watch_command_1. */
10859 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10861 int just_location = 0;
10864 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10865 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10868 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10872 watch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10874 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10878 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10880 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10884 rwatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10886 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10890 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10892 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10896 awatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
10898 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10902 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10903 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10906 struct until_break_fsm : public thread_fsm
10908 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10911 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10912 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
10914 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10916 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
10918 until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
10919 breakpoint_up &&location_breakpoint,
10920 breakpoint_up &&caller_breakpoint)
10921 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp),
10923 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint)),
10924 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint))
10928 void clean_up (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10929 bool should_stop (struct thread_info *thread) override;
10930 enum async_reply_reason do_async_reply_reason () override;
10933 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10934 until(location)/advance commands. */
10937 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info *tp)
10939 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10940 location_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL
10941 || (caller_breakpoint != NULL
10942 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
10943 caller_breakpoint.get ()) != NULL))
10949 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10950 until(location)/advance commands. */
10953 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info *)
10955 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10956 location_breakpoint.reset ();
10957 caller_breakpoint.reset ();
10958 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread);
10961 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10962 until(location)/advance commands. */
10964 enum async_reply_reason
10965 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10967 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
10971 until_break_command (const char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
10973 struct frame_info *frame;
10974 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
10975 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
10976 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
10978 struct thread_info *tp;
10980 clear_proceed_status (0);
10982 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10985 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10987 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals
10988 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10989 ? decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
10990 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10991 get_last_displayed_line ())
10992 : decode_line_1 (location.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10995 if (sals.size () != 1)
10996 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10998 symtab_and_line &sal = sals[0];
11001 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11003 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11005 tp = inferior_thread ();
11006 thread = tp->global_num;
11008 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11009 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11010 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11013 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11014 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11015 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11016 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11018 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11021 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint;
11023 gdb::optional<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup> lj_deleter;
11025 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11027 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11028 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11030 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11031 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11032 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11033 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11038 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11039 lj_deleter.emplace (thread);
11042 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11045 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint;
11047 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11048 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11049 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11050 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11052 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11053 only at the very same frame. */
11054 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11055 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11057 tp->thread_fsm = new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11058 std::move (location_breakpoint),
11059 std::move (caller_breakpoint));
11062 lj_deleter->release ();
11064 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11067 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11068 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11070 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11071 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11072 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11073 if clause in the arg string. */
11076 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg)
11078 const char *cond_string;
11080 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11083 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11086 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11087 condition string. */
11088 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11089 cond_string = *arg;
11091 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11093 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11095 return cond_string;
11098 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11099 process start/exit, etc. */
11103 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11104 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11109 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11110 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11112 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11113 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11114 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11117 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11118 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11119 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11123 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11125 /* The allowed syntax is:
11127 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11129 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11130 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11132 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11133 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11135 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11136 and enable reporting of such events. */
11139 case catch_fork_temporary:
11140 case catch_fork_permanent:
11141 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11142 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11144 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11145 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11146 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11147 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11150 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11156 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg, int from_tty,
11157 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11159 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11161 const char *cond_string = NULL;
11163 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11167 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11169 /* The allowed syntax is:
11171 catch exec if <cond>
11173 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11174 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11176 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11177 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11179 std::unique_ptr<exec_catchpoint> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11180 init_catchpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11181 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11182 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11184 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1);
11188 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11190 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11191 const char *addr_string,
11192 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11199 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11201 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11203 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11204 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11205 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11206 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11207 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11208 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11209 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11210 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11211 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11212 enough for now, though. */
11215 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11217 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11218 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11219 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11220 language_def (language_ada));
11221 b->language = language_ada;
11225 catch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11227 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11232 tcatch_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11234 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11237 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11240 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint *a, const breakpoint *b)
11242 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) a;
11243 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) b;
11245 if (a->number < b->number)
11247 else if (a->number > b->number)
11250 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11254 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11257 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11260 clear_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
11262 struct breakpoint *b;
11265 std::vector<symtab_and_line> decoded_sals;
11266 symtab_and_line last_sal;
11267 gdb::array_view<symtab_and_line> sals;
11271 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11272 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11273 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11275 sals = decoded_sals;
11279 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11280 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11281 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11282 last_sal = get_last_displayed_sal ();
11283 if (last_sal.symtab == 0)
11284 error (_("No source file specified."));
11290 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11291 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11292 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11293 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11295 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11296 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11297 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11298 due to optimization, all in one block.
11300 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11301 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11302 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11303 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11304 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11305 to support that. */
11307 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11308 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11309 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11312 std::vector<struct breakpoint *> found;
11313 for (const auto &sal : sals)
11315 const char *sal_fullname;
11317 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11318 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11319 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11322 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11327 1 0 <can't happen> */
11329 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11330 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11332 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11336 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11337 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11339 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11340 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11342 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11343 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11344 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11346 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11347 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11348 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11349 || loc->section == sal.section));
11350 int line_match = 0;
11352 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11353 && loc->symtab != NULL
11354 && sal_fullname != NULL
11355 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11356 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11357 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11358 sal_fullname) == 0)
11361 if (pc_match || line_match)
11370 found.push_back (b);
11374 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11375 if (found.empty ())
11378 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11380 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11383 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11384 std::sort (found.begin (), found.end (),
11385 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11387 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) < 0;
11389 found.erase (std::unique (found.begin (), found.end (),
11390 [] (const breakpoint *bp_a, const breakpoint *bp_b)
11392 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a, bp_b) == 0;
11396 if (found.size () > 1)
11397 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11400 if (found.size () == 1)
11401 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11403 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11406 for (breakpoint *iter : found)
11409 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter->number);
11410 delete_breakpoint (iter);
11413 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11416 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11417 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11418 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11421 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11423 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11425 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11426 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11427 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11429 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11433 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11434 delete_breakpoint (b);
11438 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11439 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11440 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11441 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11442 stable way despite qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11445 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11447 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
11448 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
11450 if (a->address != b->address)
11451 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11453 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11454 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11457 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11458 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11459 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11461 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11462 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
11463 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
11465 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11466 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11467 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11469 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11470 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11471 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11473 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11476 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11477 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11478 content of the bp_locations array. */
11481 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11483 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11485 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11486 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11490 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11492 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11495 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11496 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11498 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11499 addr = bl->address - start;
11500 if (addr > bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
11501 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11503 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11505 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11506 addr = end - bl->address;
11507 if (addr > bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11508 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11512 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11515 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11517 struct breakpoint *b;
11518 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
11520 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
11522 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
11524 struct bp_location *bl;
11525 struct tracepoint *t;
11526 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
11528 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11529 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11530 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11533 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
11535 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11536 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
11538 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
11541 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
11544 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
11546 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11547 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11548 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11549 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11552 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11554 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11557 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
11559 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11560 t->number_on_target = b->number;
11561 if (bp_location_downloaded)
11562 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
11566 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11569 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11571 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11572 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11573 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11574 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11576 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11577 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11578 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11579 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11580 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11582 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11583 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11584 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11585 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11586 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11587 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11588 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11589 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11592 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11593 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11594 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11598 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11600 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11601 struct bp_location *loc;
11602 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11605 address = bl->address;
11606 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11608 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11609 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11610 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11612 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11613 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11616 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11617 the same program space as the location
11618 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11619 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11620 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11624 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11625 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11628 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11629 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11630 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11631 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11632 that have already been marked. */
11633 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11635 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11637 loc->cond_bytecode.reset ();
11640 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11641 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11642 locations are duplicate of which.
11644 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11645 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11649 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
11651 struct breakpoint *b;
11652 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11653 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11654 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11655 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11656 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11658 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11659 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11660 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11661 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11662 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11664 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11665 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11666 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11667 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11669 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11670 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11671 struct bp_location **old_locp;
11672 unsigned old_locations_count;
11673 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct bp_location *> old_locations (bp_locations);
11675 old_locations_count = bp_locations_count;
11676 bp_locations = NULL;
11677 bp_locations_count = 0;
11679 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11680 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11681 bp_locations_count++;
11683 bp_locations = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_locations_count);
11684 locp = bp_locations;
11685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11686 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11688 qsort (bp_locations, bp_locations_count, sizeof (*bp_locations),
11689 bp_locations_compare);
11691 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11693 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11694 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11695 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11696 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11697 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11700 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11701 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11703 locp = bp_locations;
11704 for (old_locp = old_locations.get ();
11705 old_locp < old_locations.get () + old_locations_count;
11708 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11709 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11711 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11712 not, we have to free it. */
11713 int found_object = 0;
11714 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11715 int keep_in_target = 0;
11718 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11719 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11720 while (locp < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11721 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11725 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11726 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11729 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11730 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11731 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11733 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11734 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11735 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11737 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11738 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11741 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11745 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11746 have to go through updates again. */
11747 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11749 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11751 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11753 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11754 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11755 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11756 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11757 at certain location is not inserted. */
11759 if (old_loc->inserted)
11761 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11764 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11766 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11767 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11768 keep_in_target = 1;
11772 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11773 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11774 remove its target-side condition. */
11776 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11777 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11778 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11779 this one from the target. */
11781 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11782 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc))
11785 (loc2p < bp_locations + bp_locations_count
11786 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11789 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11791 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11793 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11794 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11795 supported, but the latter are. */
11796 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11798 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11799 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11802 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11803 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11805 if (loc2 != old_loc
11806 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11808 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11809 keep_in_target = 1;
11817 if (!keep_in_target)
11819 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc))
11821 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11822 this location on the global list, and try to
11823 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11824 reason why we will succeed next time.
11826 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11827 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11828 only after calling us. */
11829 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11830 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11831 old_loc->owner->number);
11839 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
11840 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
11842 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11843 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11844 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11845 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11846 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11847 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11848 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11849 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11850 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11851 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11852 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11853 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11854 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11855 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11858 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11859 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11861 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11862 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11863 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11864 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11865 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11866 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11867 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11868 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11869 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11870 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11871 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11872 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11873 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11876 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11877 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11878 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11879 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11881 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11882 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11883 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11884 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11885 traps we can no longer explain. */
11887 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11888 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11890 moribund_locations.push_back (old_loc);
11894 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11895 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
11900 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11901 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11902 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11903 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11904 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11905 are sorted first for the same address.
11907 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11908 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11910 bp_loc_first = NULL;
11911 wp_loc_first = NULL;
11912 awp_loc_first = NULL;
11913 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
11914 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
11916 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11918 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
11921 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
11922 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc)
11923 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11924 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11925 `struct bp_location'. */
11926 || is_tracepoint (b))
11928 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11929 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11933 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11934 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
11935 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11936 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
11937 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11938 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
11940 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
11942 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
11943 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
11944 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
11946 *loc_first_p = loc;
11947 loc->duplicate = 0;
11949 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
11951 loc->needs_update = 1;
11952 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11953 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11959 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11960 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11961 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11963 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11964 loc->duplicate = 1;
11966 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11967 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11970 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11972 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
11973 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11976 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11977 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11978 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11979 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11980 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11982 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11986 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
11987 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11991 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11993 for (int ix = 0; ix < moribund_locations.size (); ++ix)
11995 struct bp_location *loc = moribund_locations[ix];
11996 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11998 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11999 unordered_remove (moribund_locations, ix);
12006 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12011 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12013 catch (const gdb_exception_error &e)
12018 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12021 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12025 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12026 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12028 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12029 bs->old_val = NULL;
12030 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12034 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12036 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12038 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12040 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12044 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12048 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12050 struct value_print_options opts;
12052 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12054 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12056 if (b->loc == NULL)
12058 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12059 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12060 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12061 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12063 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12064 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12066 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12068 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12069 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12074 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12075 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()),
12081 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12083 printf_filtered (" at ");
12084 fputs_styled (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12085 address_style.style (),
12088 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12090 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12092 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12094 puts_filtered (": file ");
12095 fputs_styled (symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12096 file_name_style.style (),
12098 printf_filtered (", line %d.",
12099 b->loc->line_number);
12102 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12103 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12104 real situation somewhat. */
12105 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12106 event_location_to_string (b->location.get ()));
12111 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12113 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12115 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12120 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12122 xfree (function_name);
12125 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12127 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12129 xfree (this->cond_string);
12130 xfree (this->extra_string);
12131 xfree (this->filter);
12134 static struct bp_location *
12135 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12137 return new bp_location (self);
12141 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12143 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12146 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12147 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12150 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12152 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12156 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12157 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12159 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12163 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12164 const address_space *aspace,
12166 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12168 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12172 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12177 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12181 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12183 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12186 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12190 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12192 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12195 static enum print_stop_action
12196 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12198 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12202 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12203 struct ui_out *uiout)
12209 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12211 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12215 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12217 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12221 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12222 (const struct event_location *location,
12223 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12224 enum bptype type_wanted)
12226 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12230 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12231 struct linespec_result *c,
12232 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12233 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12234 enum bptype type_wanted,
12235 enum bpdisp disposition,
12237 int task, int ignore_count,
12238 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12239 int from_tty, int enabled,
12240 int internal, unsigned flags)
12242 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12245 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12246 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12247 const struct event_location *location,
12248 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12250 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12253 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12256 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12261 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12264 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12266 /* Nothing to do. */
12269 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12271 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12272 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12273 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12274 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12275 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12276 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12277 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12278 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12279 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12281 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12282 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12283 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12284 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
12285 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12286 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
12287 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12288 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12291 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12294 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12296 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12297 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
12299 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12300 delete_breakpoint (b);
12304 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12308 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12310 CORE_ADDR addr = bl->target_info.reqstd_address;
12312 bl->target_info.kind = breakpoint_kind (bl, &addr);
12313 bl->target_info.placed_address = addr;
12315 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12316 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12318 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12322 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl, enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12324 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12325 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12327 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info, reason);
12331 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12332 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12333 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12335 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12336 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12339 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12343 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12344 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12345 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12352 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12353 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12354 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12356 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
12357 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12359 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12360 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12361 be set at the same address. */
12365 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
12369 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12371 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12376 static enum print_stop_action
12377 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12379 struct breakpoint *b;
12380 const struct bp_location *bl;
12382 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12384 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12386 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12387 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12389 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12390 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12391 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12394 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12395 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
12398 uiout->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12400 uiout->text ("Breakpoint ");
12401 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12403 uiout->field_string ("reason",
12404 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12405 uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12407 uiout->field_int ("bkptno", b->number);
12408 uiout->text (", ");
12410 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12414 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12416 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12421 case bp_breakpoint:
12422 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12423 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12424 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12426 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12427 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12428 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12429 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12431 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12432 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12435 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12443 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12445 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12446 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12447 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12448 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12449 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12450 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12451 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12452 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12453 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12455 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12456 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12458 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12459 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()));
12461 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12462 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12463 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
12464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
12466 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12470 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12471 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12472 enum bptype type_wanted)
12474 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12478 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12479 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12480 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12481 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12482 enum bptype type_wanted,
12483 enum bpdisp disposition,
12485 int task, int ignore_count,
12486 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12487 int from_tty, int enabled,
12488 int internal, unsigned flags)
12490 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12491 std::move (cond_string),
12492 std::move (extra_string),
12494 disposition, thread, task,
12495 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12496 enabled, internal, flags);
12499 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12500 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12501 const struct event_location *location,
12502 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12504 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12507 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12510 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12514 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12515 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12516 case bp_overlay_event:
12517 case bp_longjmp_master:
12518 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12519 case bp_exception_master:
12520 delete_breakpoint (b);
12523 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12524 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12525 case bp_shlib_event:
12527 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12528 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12529 case bp_thread_event:
12535 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12537 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12539 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12540 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12541 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12542 objects (among other things). */
12543 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12544 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12550 static enum print_stop_action
12551 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12553 struct breakpoint *b;
12555 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12559 case bp_shlib_event:
12560 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12561 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12562 to shlib event" message.) */
12563 print_solib_event (0);
12566 case bp_thread_event:
12567 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12568 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12569 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12572 case bp_overlay_event:
12573 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12574 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12577 case bp_longjmp_master:
12578 /* These should never be enabled. */
12579 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12582 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12583 /* These should never be enabled. */
12584 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12585 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12588 case bp_exception_master:
12589 /* These should never be enabled. */
12590 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12591 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12595 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12599 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12601 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12604 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12607 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12609 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12610 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12611 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12612 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12616 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12618 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12621 static enum print_stop_action
12622 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12624 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12628 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12630 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12633 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12635 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12636 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12638 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12640 thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (this->thread);
12643 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
12646 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12649 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12651 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
12655 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12657 bl->probe.prob->set_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12664 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl,
12665 enum remove_bp_reason reason)
12667 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12668 bl->probe.prob->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.objfile, bl->gdbarch);
12670 return bkpt_remove_location (bl, reason);
12674 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12675 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12676 enum bptype type_wanted)
12678 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12680 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
12682 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12683 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12686 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12687 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12688 const struct event_location *location,
12689 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12691 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
12693 error (_("probe not found"));
12697 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12700 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12702 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12706 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12707 const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12708 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12710 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12716 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12717 struct ui_out *uiout)
12719 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12720 if (!tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
12722 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12724 uiout->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12725 uiout->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12726 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12727 uiout->text ("\n");
12732 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12734 if (current_uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
12739 case bp_tracepoint:
12740 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12741 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12743 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12744 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12745 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12747 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12748 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12749 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12752 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12753 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12760 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12762 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12764 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12765 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12766 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12768 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12771 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12772 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12774 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
12775 event_location_to_string (self->location.get ()));
12776 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12778 if (tp->pass_count)
12779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12783 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12784 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12785 enum bptype type_wanted)
12787 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12791 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12792 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12793 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12794 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12795 enum bptype type_wanted,
12796 enum bpdisp disposition,
12798 int task, int ignore_count,
12799 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12800 int from_tty, int enabled,
12801 int internal, unsigned flags)
12803 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12804 std::move (cond_string),
12805 std::move (extra_string),
12807 disposition, thread, task,
12808 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12809 enabled, internal, flags);
12812 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12813 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12814 const struct event_location *location,
12815 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12817 return decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace);
12820 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12826 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12827 (const struct event_location *location,
12828 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12829 enum bptype type_wanted)
12831 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12832 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
12835 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12836 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12837 const struct event_location *location,
12838 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12840 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12841 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
12844 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
12846 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12849 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12851 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12853 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12854 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
12856 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12857 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12858 3 - disconnect from target 1
12859 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12861 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12862 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12863 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12864 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12865 it all the time. */
12866 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
12867 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
12870 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12873 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12875 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
12876 event_location_to_string (tp->location.get ()),
12878 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12881 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12884 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12885 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12886 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12887 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12888 address are all handled. */
12891 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12893 struct bpstats tmp_bs;
12894 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
12896 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12897 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12898 condition not be evaluated. */
12901 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12902 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12903 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12904 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12905 commands here throws. */
12906 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
12907 bs->commands = NULL;
12909 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
12911 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12912 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12916 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12920 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
12921 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12922 enum bptype type_wanted)
12924 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12925 const char *arg_start, *arg;
12927 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
12928 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
12930 std::string str (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
12931 const char *ptr = str.c_str ();
12932 canonical->location
12933 = new_linespec_location (&ptr, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
12936 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location.get ()));
12937 canonical->lsals.push_back (std::move (lsal));
12941 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12942 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12943 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
12944 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
12945 enum bptype type_wanted,
12946 enum bpdisp disposition,
12948 int task, int ignore_count,
12949 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12950 int from_tty, int enabled,
12951 int internal, unsigned flags)
12953 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical->lsals[0];
12955 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12956 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12957 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12958 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12959 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12960 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12962 for (size_t i = 0; i < lsal.sals.size (); i++)
12964 event_location_up location
12965 = copy_event_location (canonical->location.get ());
12967 std::unique_ptr<tracepoint> tp (new tracepoint ());
12968 init_breakpoint_sal (tp.get (), gdbarch, lsal.sals[i],
12969 std::move (location), NULL,
12970 std::move (cond_string),
12971 std::move (extra_string),
12972 type_wanted, disposition,
12973 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
12974 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
12975 canonical->special_display);
12976 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12977 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12978 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12979 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12980 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12981 corresponds to this one */
12982 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
12984 install_breakpoint (internal, std::move (tp), 0);
12988 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
12989 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
12990 const struct event_location *location,
12991 struct program_space *search_pspace)
12993 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12994 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location)->spec_string;
12996 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
12997 if (sals.size () > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
12999 sals[0] = sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13004 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13007 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13010 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13012 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13015 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13019 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13021 struct breakpoint *b;
13023 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13025 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13026 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13029 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13030 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13031 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13032 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13033 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13036 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13037 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13038 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13039 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13041 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13044 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13045 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13046 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13048 struct breakpoint *related;
13049 struct watchpoint *w;
13051 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13052 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13053 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13054 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13058 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13060 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13061 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13062 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13063 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13064 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13067 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13068 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13069 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13070 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13072 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted.notify (bpt);
13074 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13075 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13077 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13078 if (b->next == bpt)
13080 b->next = bpt->next;
13084 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13086 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13087 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13088 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13089 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13090 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13091 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13092 commands won't work. */
13094 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13096 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13097 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13098 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13099 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13100 might be better design to have location completely
13101 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13102 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13104 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13105 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13106 bpt->type = bp_none;
13110 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13111 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13114 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13115 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13117 struct breakpoint *related;
13122 struct breakpoint *next;
13124 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13125 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13127 if (next == related)
13129 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13130 function (related);
13132 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13133 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13138 function (related);
13142 while (related != b);
13146 delete_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
13148 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13154 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13156 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13157 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13158 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13159 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13160 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13162 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13166 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13168 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13170 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13171 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13172 delete_breakpoint (b);
13176 map_breakpoint_numbers
13177 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
13179 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
13183 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13184 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13188 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13190 struct bp_location *loc;
13192 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13193 if ((pspace == NULL
13194 || loc->pspace == pspace)
13195 && !loc->shlib_disabled
13196 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13201 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13202 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13203 Null names are ignored. */
13206 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13208 struct bp_location *l;
13209 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, NULL,
13212 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13215 const char *name = l->function_name;
13217 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13221 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13223 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13227 htab_delete (htab);
13233 htab_delete (htab);
13237 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13238 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13239 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13240 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13241 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13242 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13243 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13244 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13247 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13248 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13249 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13250 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13251 in the sources, and output a warning.
13253 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13254 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13255 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13256 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13257 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13260 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13261 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13262 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13263 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13264 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13265 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13266 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13267 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13268 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13270 static struct symtab_and_line
13271 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13273 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13274 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13279 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13281 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13283 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id != marker.str_id)
13284 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13285 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str (),
13286 marker.str_id.c_str ());
13288 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (marker.str_id);
13293 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13295 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13297 && sal.symtab != NULL
13298 && !tp->static_trace_marker_id.empty ())
13300 std::vector<static_tracepoint_marker> markers
13301 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13302 (tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13304 if (!markers.empty ())
13306 struct symbol *sym;
13307 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13308 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13309 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
13311 tpmarker = &markers[0];
13313 tp->static_trace_marker_id = std::move (tpmarker->str_id);
13315 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13316 "found at previous line number"),
13317 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id.c_str ());
13319 symtab_and_line sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13320 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13321 uiout->text ("Now in ");
13324 uiout->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym),
13325 ui_out_style_kind::FUNCTION);
13326 uiout->text (" at ");
13328 uiout->field_string ("file",
13329 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13330 ui_out_style_kind::FILE);
13333 if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ())
13335 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13337 uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname);
13340 uiout->field_int ("line", sal2.line);
13341 uiout->text ("\n");
13343 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13344 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13346 b->location.reset (NULL);
13347 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13348 explicit_loc.source_filename
13349 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13350 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
13351 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
13352 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
13354 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13361 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13362 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13365 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13369 if (a->address != b->address)
13372 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13375 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13382 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13388 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13389 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13390 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13392 static struct bp_location *
13393 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
13395 struct bp_location head;
13396 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
13397 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
13398 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
13400 if (pspace == NULL)
13411 if (i->pspace == pspace)
13426 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13427 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13428 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13429 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13433 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13434 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
13435 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals,
13436 gdb::array_view<const symtab_and_line> sals_end)
13438 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
13440 if (!sals_end.empty () && (sals.size () != 1 || sals_end.size () != 1))
13442 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13444 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13445 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13446 "multiple locations found\n"),
13451 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13452 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13453 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13454 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13455 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13456 individual locations. */
13457 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.empty ())
13460 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
13462 for (const auto &sal : sals)
13464 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13466 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
13468 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
13470 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13472 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13476 s = b->cond_string;
13479 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sal.pc,
13480 block_for_pc (sal.pc),
13483 catch (const gdb_exception_error &e)
13485 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13486 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13487 b->number, e.what ());
13488 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13492 if (!sals_end.empty ())
13494 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end[0]);
13496 new_loc->length = end - sals[0].pc + 1;
13500 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13503 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13504 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13505 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13506 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13507 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13508 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13509 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13511 for (; e; e = e->next)
13513 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13515 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13516 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13518 for (; l; l = l->next)
13519 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13527 for (; l; l = l->next)
13528 if (l->function_name
13529 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13539 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13540 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13543 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13544 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13546 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13547 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
13548 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
13550 struct gdb_exception exception;
13552 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13554 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals;
13558 sals = b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace);
13560 catch (gdb_exception_error &e)
13562 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13564 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13565 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13566 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13567 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13568 state, then user already saw the message about that
13569 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13571 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13572 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13574 && search_pspace != NULL
13575 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
13576 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13577 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13578 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13579 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13581 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13583 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13584 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13585 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13586 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13587 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13588 which approach is better. */
13589 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13593 exception = std::move (e);
13596 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13598 for (auto &sal : sals)
13599 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
13600 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
13602 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
13605 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals[0].pc,
13606 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
13608 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
13610 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13611 b->thread = thread;
13615 xfree (b->extra_string);
13616 b->extra_string = extra_string;
13618 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13621 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13622 sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals[0]);
13632 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13633 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13637 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13639 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
13640 std::vector<symtab_and_line> expanded, expanded_end;
13643 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location.get (),
13644 filter_pspace, &found);
13646 expanded = std::move (sals);
13648 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
13650 std::vector<symtab_and_line> sals_end
13651 = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end.get (),
13652 filter_pspace, &found);
13654 expanded_end = std::move (sals_end);
13657 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
13660 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13661 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13664 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
13665 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13666 enum bptype type_wanted)
13668 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
13671 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13672 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13676 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13677 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13678 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> cond_string,
13679 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> extra_string,
13680 enum bptype type_wanted,
13681 enum bpdisp disposition,
13683 int task, int ignore_count,
13684 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13685 int from_tty, int enabled,
13686 int internal, unsigned flags)
13688 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical,
13689 std::move (cond_string),
13690 std::move (extra_string),
13691 type_wanted, disposition,
13692 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13693 enabled, internal, flags);
13696 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13697 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13699 static std::vector<symtab_and_line>
13700 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
13701 const struct event_location *location,
13702 struct program_space *search_pspace)
13704 struct linespec_result canonical;
13706 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
13707 NULL, 0, &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13710 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13711 gdb_assert (canonical.lsals.size () < 2);
13713 if (!canonical.lsals.empty ())
13715 const linespec_sals &lsal = canonical.lsals[0];
13716 return std::move (lsal.sals);
13721 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13724 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint *b)
13726 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13727 set_language (b->language);
13729 b->ops->re_set (b);
13732 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13733 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13736 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13738 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13741 scoped_restore_current_language save_language;
13742 scoped_restore save_input_radix = make_scoped_restore (&input_radix);
13743 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread;
13745 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13746 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13747 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13748 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13749 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13750 we select the current frame.
13752 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13753 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13754 have been reset. */
13755 scoped_restore save_language_mode = make_scoped_restore (&language_mode);
13756 language_mode = language_mode_manual;
13758 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13759 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13760 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13761 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13763 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13767 breakpoint_re_set_one (b);
13769 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
13771 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex,
13772 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13777 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13780 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13781 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13782 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13783 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13785 /* Now we can insert. */
13786 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
13789 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13791 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13792 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13794 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13796 if (b->thread != -1)
13798 b->thread = inferior_thread ()->global_num;
13800 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13801 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13802 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13804 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13808 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13809 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13810 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13813 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13815 struct breakpoint *b;
13820 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13821 if (b->number == bptnum)
13823 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13825 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13826 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13831 b->ignore_count = count;
13835 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13836 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13838 else if (count == 1)
13839 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13842 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13843 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13846 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (b);
13850 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13853 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13856 ignore_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
13858 const char *p = args;
13862 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13864 num = get_number (&p);
13866 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13868 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13870 set_ignore_count (num,
13871 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13874 printf_filtered ("\n");
13878 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13879 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13882 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range,
13883 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13885 if (bp_num_range.first == 0)
13887 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13888 bp_num_range.first);
13892 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13894 for (int i = bp_num_range.first; i <= bp_num_range.second; i++)
13896 bool match = false;
13898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13899 if (b->number == i)
13906 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i);
13911 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13915 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args,
13916 gdb::function_view<void (breakpoint *)> function)
13918 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13919 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13921 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
13923 while (!parser.finished ())
13925 int num = parser.get_number ();
13926 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num, num), function);
13930 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13931 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13933 static struct bp_location *
13934 find_location_by_number (int bp_num, int loc_num)
13936 struct breakpoint *b;
13938 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13939 if (b->number == bp_num)
13944 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
13945 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num);
13948 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
13951 for (bp_location *loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13952 if (++n == loc_num)
13955 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num);
13958 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13959 enum class extract_bp_kind
13961 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13964 /* Extracting a location number. */
13968 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13969 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13970 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13971 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13972 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13975 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind, const char *start,
13976 int trailer, const char **end_out = NULL)
13978 const char *end = start;
13979 int num = get_number_trailer (&end, trailer);
13981 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
13982 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13983 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13984 int (end - start), start);
13986 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
13987 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13988 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13989 int (end - start), start);
13991 if (end_out != NULL)
13996 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13997 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13998 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13999 are always positive integers. */
14001 static std::pair<int, int>
14002 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind,
14003 const std::string &arg,
14004 std::string::size_type arg_offset)
14006 std::pair<int, int> range;
14007 const char *bp_loc = &arg[arg_offset];
14008 std::string::size_type dash = arg.find ('-', arg_offset);
14009 if (dash != std::string::npos)
14011 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14012 if (arg.length () == dash + 1)
14013 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14014 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14015 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14019 const char *start_first = bp_loc;
14020 const char *start_second = &arg[dash + 1];
14021 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, start_first, '-');
14022 range.second = extract_bp_num (kind, start_second, '\0', &end);
14024 if (range.first > range.second)
14025 error (kind == extract_bp_kind::bp
14026 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14027 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14028 int (end - start_first), start_first);
14032 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14033 range.first = extract_bp_num (kind, bp_loc, '\0');
14034 range.second = range.first;
14039 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14040 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14043 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14045 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14046 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14047 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14048 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14049 location number range.
14053 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string &arg,
14054 std::pair<int, int> &bp_num_range,
14055 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range)
14057 std::string::size_type dot = arg.find ('.');
14059 if (dot != std::string::npos)
14061 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14063 if (arg.length () == dot + 1 || dot == 0)
14064 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg.c_str ());
14067 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg.c_str (), '.');
14068 bp_num_range.second = bp_num_range.first;
14070 bp_loc_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc,
14075 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14077 bp_num_range = extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp, arg, 0);
14078 bp_loc_range.first = 0;
14079 bp_loc_range.second = 0;
14083 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14084 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14087 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num, int loc_num, bool enable)
14089 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (bp_num, loc_num);
14092 if (loc->enabled != enable)
14094 loc->enabled = enable;
14095 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14097 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14098 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14099 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14100 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14102 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14104 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (loc->owner);
14107 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14108 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14109 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14110 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14114 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num,
14115 std::pair<int, int> &bp_loc_range,
14118 for (int i = bp_loc_range.first; i <= bp_loc_range.second; i++)
14119 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num, i, enable);
14122 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14123 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14124 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14127 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14129 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14130 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14131 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14132 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14135 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14137 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14138 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14140 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14141 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14143 struct bp_location *location;
14145 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14146 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14149 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14151 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14154 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14155 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14156 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14157 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14160 enable_disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty, bool enable)
14164 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14167 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14170 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14172 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14177 std::string num = extract_arg (&args);
14179 while (!num.empty ())
14181 std::pair<int, int> bp_num_range, bp_loc_range;
14183 extract_bp_number_and_location (num, bp_num_range, bp_loc_range);
14185 if (bp_loc_range.first == bp_loc_range.second
14186 && bp_loc_range.first == 0)
14188 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14189 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range,
14191 ? enable_breakpoint
14192 : disable_breakpoint);
14196 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14198 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14199 (bp_num_range.first, bp_loc_range, enable);
14201 num = extract_arg (&args);
14206 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14207 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14208 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14209 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14212 disable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14214 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, false);
14218 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14221 int target_resources_ok;
14223 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14226 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14227 target_resources_ok =
14228 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14230 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14231 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14232 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14233 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14236 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14238 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14239 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14243 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14245 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14246 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14247 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14249 catch (const gdb_exception &e)
14251 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14252 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14258 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14260 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14261 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14263 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14264 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14266 struct bp_location *location;
14268 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14269 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14272 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14273 bpt->enable_count = count;
14274 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14276 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (bpt);
14281 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14283 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14286 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14287 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14288 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14289 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14292 enable_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14294 enable_disable_command (args, from_tty, true);
14298 enable_once_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14300 map_breakpoint_numbers
14301 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14303 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14304 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14306 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, 1);
14312 enable_count_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14317 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14319 count = get_number (&args);
14321 map_breakpoint_numbers
14322 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14324 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14325 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14327 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_disable, count);
14333 enable_delete_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14335 map_breakpoint_numbers
14336 (args, [&] (breakpoint *b)
14338 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14339 (b, [&] (breakpoint *bpt)
14341 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_del, 1);
14347 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14352 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args, int from_tty)
14356 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14357 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14361 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14362 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14363 const bfd_byte *data)
14365 struct breakpoint *bp;
14367 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14368 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14369 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14371 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14373 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val != nullptr)
14375 struct bp_location *loc;
14377 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14378 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14379 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14380 && addr + len > loc->address)
14389 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14392 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14393 const address_space *aspace,
14396 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
14397 struct symtab_and_line sal;
14398 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
14400 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
14402 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
14403 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
14406 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
14408 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
14409 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
14410 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
14412 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
14415 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14418 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
14420 struct regcache *regcache = get_current_regcache ();
14421 std::vector<CORE_ADDR> next_pcs;
14423 next_pcs = gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch, regcache);
14425 if (!next_pcs.empty ())
14427 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
14428 const address_space *aspace = get_frame_address_space (frame);
14430 for (CORE_ADDR pc : next_pcs)
14431 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, pc);
14439 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14442 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
14443 const address_space *aspace,
14446 struct bp_location *loc;
14448 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14450 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
14456 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14460 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space *aspace,
14463 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14467 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
14468 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
14474 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14476 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14478 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14480 tracepoint_count = num;
14481 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14485 trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14487 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14489 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14491 if (location != NULL
14492 && event_location_type (location.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION)
14493 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
14495 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14497 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14499 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14501 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14502 0 /* Ignore count */,
14503 pending_break_support,
14507 0 /* internal */, 0);
14511 ftrace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14513 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&arg,
14515 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14517 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14519 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14520 0 /* Ignore count */,
14521 pending_break_support,
14522 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14525 0 /* internal */, 0);
14528 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14531 strace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14533 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14534 event_location_up location;
14536 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14537 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14538 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
14540 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14541 location = new_linespec_location (&arg, symbol_name_match_type::FULL);
14545 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14546 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
14549 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14551 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
14553 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14554 0 /* Ignore count */,
14555 pending_break_support,
14559 0 /* internal */, 0);
14562 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14563 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14565 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14566 static int next_cmd;
14569 read_uploaded_action (void)
14571 char *rslt = nullptr;
14573 if (next_cmd < this_utp->cmd_strings.size ())
14575 rslt = this_utp->cmd_strings[next_cmd].get ();
14582 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14583 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14584 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14585 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14586 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14588 struct tracepoint *
14589 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14591 const char *addr_str;
14592 char small_buf[100];
14593 struct tracepoint *tp;
14595 if (utp->at_string)
14596 addr_str = utp->at_string.get ();
14599 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14600 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14601 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14603 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14604 "source location, using raw address"),
14606 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14607 addr_str = small_buf;
14610 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14611 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14612 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14613 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14616 event_location_up location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str,
14618 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14620 utp->cond_string.get (), -1, addr_str,
14621 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14623 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14624 0 /* Ignore count */,
14625 pending_break_support,
14626 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14628 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14630 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
14633 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14634 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14635 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14639 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
14642 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14645 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14646 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14647 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14649 if (!utp->cmd_strings.empty ())
14651 counted_command_line cmd_list;
14656 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL);
14658 breakpoint_set_commands (tp, std::move (cmd_list));
14660 else if (!utp->actions.empty ()
14661 || !utp->step_actions.empty ())
14662 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14663 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14666 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14667 tp->hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14668 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14673 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14677 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14679 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14682 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, false, is_tracepoint);
14684 if (num_printed == 0)
14686 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14687 uiout->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14689 uiout->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14692 default_collect_info ();
14695 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14696 Not supported by all targets. */
14698 enable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14700 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14703 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14704 Not supported by all targets. */
14706 disable_trace_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14708 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14711 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14713 delete_trace_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
14715 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14721 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14723 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14724 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14725 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14727 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14728 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14730 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14734 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14736 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14738 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14739 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14740 delete_breakpoint (b);
14744 map_breakpoint_numbers
14745 (arg, [&] (breakpoint *br)
14747 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br, delete_breakpoint);
14751 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14754 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14756 tp->pass_count = count;
14757 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified.notify (tp);
14759 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14760 tp->number, count);
14763 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14765 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14766 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14767 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14770 trace_pass_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
14772 struct tracepoint *t1;
14775 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14776 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14777 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14779 count = strtoulst (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14781 args = skip_spaces (args);
14782 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14784 struct breakpoint *b;
14786 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14788 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14790 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14792 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14793 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14796 else if (*args == '\0')
14798 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
14800 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14804 number_or_range_parser parser (args);
14805 while (!parser.finished ())
14807 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &parser);
14809 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14814 struct tracepoint *
14815 get_tracepoint (int num)
14817 struct breakpoint *t;
14819 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14820 if (t->number == num)
14821 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14826 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14827 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14830 struct tracepoint *
14831 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14833 struct breakpoint *b;
14835 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14837 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14839 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14846 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14847 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14848 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14849 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14851 struct tracepoint *
14852 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg,
14853 number_or_range_parser *parser)
14855 struct breakpoint *t;
14857 const char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14859 if (parser != NULL)
14861 gdb_assert (!parser->finished ());
14862 tpnum = parser->get_number ();
14864 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14865 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14867 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14871 if (instring && *instring)
14872 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14875 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14879 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14880 if (t->number == tpnum)
14882 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14885 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14890 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14892 if (b->thread != -1)
14893 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
14896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
14898 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
14901 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14902 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14903 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14907 save_breakpoints (const char *filename, int from_tty,
14908 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
14910 struct breakpoint *tp;
14912 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
14914 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
14915 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14917 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14918 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14920 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14921 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14924 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14925 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14930 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
14932 extra_trace_bits = 1;
14934 /* We can stop searching. */
14941 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename));
14949 if (!fp.open (expanded_filename.get (), "w"))
14950 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14951 expanded_filename.get (), safe_strerror (errno));
14953 if (extra_trace_bits)
14954 save_trace_state_variables (&fp);
14956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14958 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14959 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14962 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14963 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14966 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, &fp);
14968 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14969 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14972 if (tp->cond_string)
14973 fp.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
14975 if (tp->ignore_count)
14976 fp.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
14978 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
14980 fp.puts (" commands\n");
14982 current_uiout->redirect (&fp);
14985 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands.get (), 2);
14987 catch (const gdb_exception &ex)
14989 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
14993 current_uiout->redirect (NULL);
14994 fp.puts (" end\n");
14997 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
14998 fp.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15000 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15001 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15002 special, and not user visible. */
15003 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15005 struct bp_location *loc;
15008 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15010 fp.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15014 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15015 fp.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15018 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename.get ());
15021 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15024 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15026 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15029 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15032 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args, int from_tty)
15034 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15037 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15039 std::vector<breakpoint *>
15040 all_tracepoints (void)
15042 std::vector<breakpoint *> tp_vec;
15043 struct breakpoint *tp;
15045 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15047 tp_vec.push_back (tp);
15054 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15055 locations used by several commands. */
15057 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15058 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15059 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15060 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15061 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15062 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15064 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15065 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15066 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15068 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15069 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15070 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15071 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15072 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15074 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15075 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15076 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15077 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15078 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15079 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15081 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15082 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15083 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15086 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15087 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15088 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15089 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15090 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15091 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15092 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15095 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15096 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15098 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15099 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15100 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15101 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15102 conditions are different.\n\
15104 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15106 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15107 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15109 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15110 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15113 add_catch_command (const char *name, const char *docstring,
15114 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15115 completer_ftype *completer,
15116 void *user_data_catch,
15117 void *user_data_tcatch)
15119 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15121 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15123 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15124 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15125 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15127 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, docstring,
15129 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15130 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15131 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15135 save_command (const char *arg, int from_tty)
15137 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15138 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15139 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15142 struct breakpoint *
15143 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15146 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15148 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15150 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15157 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15158 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15161 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15163 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15164 non-inline function. */
15165 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15171 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15172 have been inlined. */
15175 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15176 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15178 struct breakpoint *b;
15179 struct bp_location *bl;
15181 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15183 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15186 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15188 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15189 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15197 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15200 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15202 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15204 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15205 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15206 loc->symtab = NULL;
15210 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15212 static int initialized = 0;
15214 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15220 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15221 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15222 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15223 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15224 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15225 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15226 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15227 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15228 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15229 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15230 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15231 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
15233 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15234 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15235 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15236 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15237 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15238 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15239 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15240 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15242 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15243 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15244 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15245 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15246 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15247 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15248 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15249 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15250 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15251 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15253 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15254 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15255 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15256 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15257 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15258 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15259 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15261 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15262 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15263 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15264 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15265 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15266 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15267 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15269 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15270 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15271 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15272 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15273 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15274 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15275 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
15278 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15279 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15280 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15281 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15282 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15283 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15284 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15285 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15286 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15287 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15288 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15289 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15290 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15292 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15293 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15294 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15295 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15296 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15297 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15298 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15299 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15300 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15301 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15302 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15305 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15306 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15307 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15308 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15309 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15310 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15311 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15312 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
15313 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15314 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
15316 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15317 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15318 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15319 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
15320 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
15322 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15323 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15324 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15325 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
15326 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15327 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
15329 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15330 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15331 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15332 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15333 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15334 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15335 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15336 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15337 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15338 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15340 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15341 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15342 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15343 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15344 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15345 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15346 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15347 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15348 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15349 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15351 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15352 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15353 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15354 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15355 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15356 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15357 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15358 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15359 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15360 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15362 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15363 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15364 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15365 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15366 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15367 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15368 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15369 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15370 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15371 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15372 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15374 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15375 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15376 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15377 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15378 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15379 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15380 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15381 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15382 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
15385 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15387 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15391 cmd_list_element *commands_cmd_element = nullptr;
15394 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15396 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15398 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15400 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15401 gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
15402 gdb::observers::memory_changed.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15404 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15405 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15406 before a breakpoint is set. */
15407 breakpoint_count = 0;
15409 tracepoint_count = 0;
15411 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15412 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15413 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15415 commands_cmd_element = add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint,
15416 commands_command, _("\
15417 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15418 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15419 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15421 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15422 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15423 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15424 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15425 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15427 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15428 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15429 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15430 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15431 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15433 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15434 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15435 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15436 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15437 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15439 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15440 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15442 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15443 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15444 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15445 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15447 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15448 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15450 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15451 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15452 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15453 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15455 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15456 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15458 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15459 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15460 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15461 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15462 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15463 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15464 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15466 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15468 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15469 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15470 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15471 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15472 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15473 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15475 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15476 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15477 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15480 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15481 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15482 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15485 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15486 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15487 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15488 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15491 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15492 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15493 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15496 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15497 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15498 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15501 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15502 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15503 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15504 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15507 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15508 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15509 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15510 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15511 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15512 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15513 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15514 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15516 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15517 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15518 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15519 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15520 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15521 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15524 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15525 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15526 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15527 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15529 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15530 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15531 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15532 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15533 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15535 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15536 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15537 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15538 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15539 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15542 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15543 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15544 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15546 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15547 is executing in.\n"
15548 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15549 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15550 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15552 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15553 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15554 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15555 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15557 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15558 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15559 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15560 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15564 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15565 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15566 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15567 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15568 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15569 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15570 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15571 add_com ("status", class_info, info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15572 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15573 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15574 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15575 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15576 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15577 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15578 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15579 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15581 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15582 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15583 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15584 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15585 breakpoint set."));
15588 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command, _("\
15589 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15590 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15591 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15592 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15593 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15594 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15595 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15596 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15598 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15599 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15600 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15601 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15602 breakpoint set."));
15604 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15606 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15607 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15608 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15609 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15610 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15611 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15612 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15613 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15614 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15615 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15616 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15617 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15618 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15620 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15621 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15622 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15623 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15625 &maintenanceinfolist);
15627 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15628 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15629 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15630 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15632 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15633 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15634 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15635 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15637 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15638 catch_fork_command_1,
15640 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15641 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15642 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15643 catch_fork_command_1,
15645 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15646 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15647 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15648 catch_exec_command_1,
15652 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15653 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15654 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15655 catch_load_command_1,
15659 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15660 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15661 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15662 catch_unload_command_1,
15667 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15668 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15669 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15670 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15671 an expression changes.\n\
15672 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15673 the memory to which it refers."));
15674 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15676 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15677 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15678 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15679 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15680 an expression is read.\n\
15681 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15682 the memory to which it refers."));
15683 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15685 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15686 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15687 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15688 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15689 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15690 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15691 the memory to which it refers."));
15692 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15694 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command, _("\
15695 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15697 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15698 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15699 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15700 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15701 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15702 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15703 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15704 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15705 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15708 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15709 &setlist, &showlist);
15711 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15713 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15715 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15716 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15718 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15719 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15720 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15722 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15723 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15724 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15725 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15727 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15728 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15730 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15731 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15732 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15734 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15735 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15737 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15738 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15739 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15740 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15741 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15742 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15743 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15744 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15745 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15747 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15748 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15749 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15750 conditions are different.\n\
15752 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15753 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15754 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15756 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command, _("\
15757 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15758 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15759 last tracepoint set."));
15761 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15763 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15764 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15765 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15766 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15768 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
15770 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15771 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15772 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15773 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15775 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15777 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15778 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15779 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15780 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15782 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15784 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15785 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15786 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15787 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15788 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15790 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15791 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15792 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15793 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15795 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15796 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15797 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15798 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15799 session to restore them."),
15801 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15803 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15804 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15805 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15807 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15809 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15810 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15812 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15813 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15814 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15815 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15816 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15817 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15818 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15819 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15820 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15821 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15822 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15823 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15825 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15826 &pending_break_support, _("\
15827 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15828 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15829 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15830 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15831 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15832 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15834 show_pending_break_support,
15835 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15836 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15838 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15840 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15841 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15842 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15843 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15844 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15845 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15846 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15848 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15849 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15850 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15852 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15853 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15854 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15855 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15856 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15857 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15858 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15859 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15860 when execution stops."),
15862 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15863 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15864 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15866 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15867 condition_evaluation_enums,
15868 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15869 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15870 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15871 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15872 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15873 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15874 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15875 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15876 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15877 be set to \"gdb\""),
15878 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
15879 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
15880 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15881 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15883 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
15884 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15885 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15886 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15887 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15888 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15889 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15890 or the start of the range\n\
15891 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15892 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15893 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15895 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15896 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15897 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15899 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
15900 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15901 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15902 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15903 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
15904 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15906 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
15907 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
15908 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15909 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15910 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15911 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15912 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15913 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15914 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15915 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15916 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15917 &setlist, &showlist);
15919 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
15920 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
15921 &dprintf_function, _("\
15922 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15923 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15924 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15925 &setlist, &showlist);
15927 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
15928 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
15929 &dprintf_channel, _("\
15930 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
15931 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
15932 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
15933 &setlist, &showlist);
15935 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
15936 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
15937 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15938 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15939 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15940 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15943 &setlist, &showlist);
15945 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
15946 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
15947 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15949 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
15951 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
15952 gdb::observers::thread_exit.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints);